9 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
15 Message Handling System:
74 _
\b1. _
\bI_
\bN_
\bT_
\bR_
\bO_
\bD_
\bU_
\bC_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
80 Although people can travel cross-country in hours and can reach
81 others by telephone in seconds, communications still depend heavily upon
82 paper, most of which is distributed through the mails.
84 There are several major reasons for this continued dependence on
85 written documents. First, a written document may be proofread and
86 corrected prior to its distribution, giving the author complete control
87 over his words. Thus, a written document is better than a telephone
88 conversation in this respect. Second, a carefully written document is
89 far less likely to be misinterpreted or poorly translated than a phone
90 conversation. Third, a signature offers reasonable verification of
91 authorship, which cannot be provided with media such as telegrams.
93 However, the need for fast
\b\b\b\b____, accurate, and reproducible document
94 distribution is obvious. One solution in widespread use is the telefax.
95 Another that is rapidly gaining popularity is electronic mail. Elec-
96 tronic mail is similar to telefax in that the data to be sent are digi-
97 tized, transmitted via phone lines, and turned back into a document at
98 the receiver. The advantage of electronic mail is in its compression
99 factor. Whereas a telefax must scan a page in very fine lines and send
100 all of the black and white information, electronic mail assigns charac-
101 ters fixed codes which can be transmitted as a few bits of information.
102 Telefax presently has the advantage of being able to transmit an arbi-
103 trary page, including pictures, but electronic mail is beginning to deal
104 with this problem. Electronic mail also integrates well with current
105 directions in office automation, allowing documents prepared with
106 sophisticated equipment at one site to be quickly transferred and
107 printed at another site.
109 Currently, most electronic mail is intraorganizational, with mail
110 transfer remaining within one computer. As computer networking becomes
111 more common, however, it is becoming more feasible to communicate with
112 anyone whose computer can be linked to your own via a network.
114 The pioneering efforts on general-purpose electronic mail were by
115 organizations using the DoD ARPAnet[1]. The capability to send messages
116 between computers existed before the ARPAnet was developed, but it was
117 used only in limited ways. With the advent of the ARPAnet, tools began
118 to be developed which made it convenient for individuals or organiza-
119 tions to distribute messages over broad geographic areas, using diverse
120 computer facilities. The interest and activity in message systems has
121 now reached such proportions that steps have been taken within the DoD
122 to coordinate and unify the development of military message systems.
123 The use of electronic mail is expected to increase dramatically in the
124 next few years. The utility of such systems in the command and control
125 and intelligence environments is clear, and applications in these areas
140 will probably lead the way. As the costs for sending and handling elec-
141 tronic messages continue their rapid decrease, such uses can be expected
142 to spread rapidly into other areas and, of course, will not be limited
145 A message system provides tools that help users (individuals or
146 organizations) deal with messages in various ways. Messages must be
147 composed, sent, received, stored, retrieved, forwarded, and replied to.
148 Today's best interactive computer systems provide a variety of word-
149 processing and information handling capabilities. The message handling
150 facilities should be well integrated with the rest of the system, so as
151 to be a graceful extension of overall system capability.
153 The message system described in this report, _
\bM_
\bH, provides most of
154 the features that can be found in other message systems and also incor-
155 porates some new ones. It has been built on the UNIX time-sharing sys-
156 tem[2], a popular operating system for the DEC PDP-11[1] and VAX-11
157 classes of computers. A "secure" operating system similar to UNIX is
158 currently being developed[3], and that system will also run _
\bM_
\bH.
160 This report provides a complete description of _
\bM_
\bH and thus may
161 serve as a user's manual, although parts of the report will be of
162 interest to non-users as well. Sections 2 and 3, the Overview and
163 Tutorial, present the key ideas of _
\bM_
\bH and will give those not familiar
164 with message systems an idea of what such systems are like.
166 _
\bM_
\bH consists of a set of commands which use some special files and
167 conventions. The final section is divided into three parts. The first
168 part covers the information a user needs to know in addition to the com-
169 mands. Then, each of the _
\bM_
\bH commands is described in detail. Finally,
170 other obscure details are revealed. A summary of the commands is given
171 in Appendix A, and the syntax of message sequences is given in Appendix
174 A novel approach has been taken in the design of _
\bM_
\bH. Instead of
175 creating a large subsystem that appears as a single command to the user
176 (such as MS[4]), _
\bM_
\bH is a collection of separate commands which are run
177 as separate programs. The file and directory system of UNIX are used
178 directly. Messages are stored as individual files (datasets), and col-
179 lections of them are grouped into directories. In contrast, most other
180 message systems store messages in a complicated data structure within a
181 monolithic file. With the _
\bM_
\bH approach, UNIX commands can be interleaved
182 with commands invoking the functions of the message handler. Con-
183 versely, existing UNIX commands can be used in connection with messages.
184 For example, all the usual UNIX editing, text-formatting, and printing
185 facilities can be applied directly to individual messages. MH, there-
186 fore, consists of a relatively small amount of new code; it makes exten-
187 sive use of other UNIX software to provide the capabilities found in
190 [1] PDP and VAX are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation.
206 other message systems.
272 _
\b2. _
\bO_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bI_
\bE_
\bW
278 There are three main aspects of _
\bM_
\bH : the way messages are
279 stored (the message database), the user's profile (which directs how
280 certain actions of the message handler take place), and the commands for
281 dealing with messages.
283 Under _
\bM_
\bH, each message is stored as a separate file. A user can
284 take any action with a message that he could with an ordinary file in
285 UNIX. A UNIX directory in which messages are stored is called a folder.
286 Each folder contains some standard entries to support the message-
287 handling functions. The messages in a folder have numerical names.
288 These folders (directories) are entries in a particular directory path,
289 described in the user profile, through which _
\bM_
\bH can find message fold-
290 ers. Using the UNIX "link" facility, it is possible for one copy of a
291 message to be "filed" in more than one folder, providing a message index
292 facility. Also, using the UNIX tree-structured file system, it is pos-
293 sible to have a folder within a folder, nested arbitrarily deep, and
294 have the full power of the _
\bM_
\bH commands available.
296 Each user of _
\bM_
\bH has a user profile, a file in his $HOME (initial
297 login) directory called ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be. This profile contains several
298 pieces of information used by the _
\bM_
\bH commands: a path name to the direc-
299 tory that contains the message folders and parameters that tailor _
\bM_
\bH
300 commands to the individual user's requirements. There is also another
301 file, called the user context, which contains information concerning
302 which folder the user last referenced (the "current" folder). It also
303 contains most of the necessary state information concerning how the user
304 is dealing with his messages, enabling _
\bM_
\bH to be implemented as a set of
305 individual UNIX commands, in contrast to the usual approach of a monol-
308 In _
\bM_
\bH, incoming mail is appended to the end of a file in a system
309 spooling area for the user. This area is called the mail drop direc-
310 tory, and the file is called the user's mail drop. Normally when the
311 user logins in, s/he is informed of new mail (or the _
\bM_
\bH program _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
312 may be run). The user adds the new messages to his/her collection of _
\bM_
\bH
313 messages by invoking the command _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. The _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (incorporate) command
314 adds the new messages to a folder called "inbox", assigning them names
315 which are consecutive integers starting with the next highest integer
316 available in inbox. _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc also produces a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn summary of the messages
317 thus incorporated. A folder can be compacted into a single file, for
318 easy storage, by using the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf command. Also, messages within a
319 folder can be sorted by date and time with the _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm command.
322 There are four commands for examining the messages in a folder:
323 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn. The _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw command displays a message in a
338 folder, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv displays the message preceding the current message, and
339 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt displays the message following the current message. _
\bM_
\bH lets the
340 user choose the program that displays individual messages. A special
341 program, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, can be used to display messages according to the user's
342 preferences. The _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn command summarizes the messages in a folder, nor-
343 mally producing one line per message, showing who the message is from,
344 the date, the subject, etc.
346 The user may move a message from one folder to another with the
347 command _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be. Messages may be removed from a folder by means of the
348 command _
\br_
\bm_
\bm. In addition, a user may query what the current folder is
349 and may specify that a new folder become the current folder, through the
350 command _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br. All folders may be summarized with the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs command.
351 A message folder (or subfolder) may be removed by means of the command
354 A set of messages based on content may be selected by use of the
355 command _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk. This command searches through messages in a folder and
356 selects those that match a given set of criteria. These messages are
357 then bound to a "sequence" name for use with other _
\bM_
\bH commands. The
358 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command manipulates these sequences.
360 There are five commands enabling the user to create new messages
361 and send them: _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, and _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp command pro-
362 vides the facility for the user to compose a new message; _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt redistri-
363 butes mail to additional addressees; _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw enables the user to forward
364 messages; and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl facilitates the generation of a reply to an incoming
365 message. The last three commands may optionally annotate the original
366 message. Messages may be arbitrarily annotated with the _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo command.
367 Once a draft has been constructed by one of the four above composition
368 programs, a user-specifiable program is run to query the user as to the
369 disposition of the draft prior to sending. _
\bM_
\bH provides the simple _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
370 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program to start users off. If a message is not sent directly by
371 one of these commands, it may be sent at a later time using the command
372 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. _
\bM_
\bH allows the use of any UNIX editor when composing a message.
373 For rapid entry, a special editor, _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br, is provided. For programs,
374 a special mail-sending program, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl, is provided.
376 _
\bM_
\bH supports a personal aliasing facility which gives users the
377 capability to considerably shorten address typein and use meaningful
378 names for addresses. The _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi program can be used to query _
\bM_
\bH as to the
379 expansion of a list of aliases. After composing a message, but prior to
380 sending, the _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm command can be used to determine exactly who a message
383 _
\bM_
\bH provides a natural interface for telling the user's shell the
384 names of _
\bM_
\bH messages and folders. The _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh program achieves this
387 Finally, _
\bM_
\bH supports the UCI BBoards facility. _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc can be used to
388 query the status of a group of BBoards, while _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh can be used to read
389 them. The _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt command can be used to "shred" digests of messages into
406 All of the elements summarized above are described in more detail
407 in the following sections. Many of the normal facilities of UNIX pro-
408 vide additional capabilities for dealing with messages in various ways.
409 For example, it is possible to print messages on the line-printer
410 without requiring any additional code within _
\bM_
\bH . Using standard UNIX
411 facilities, any terminal output can be redirected to a file for repeated
412 or future viewing. In general, the flexibility and capabilities of the
413 UNIX interface with the user are preserved as a result of the integra-
414 tion of _
\bM_
\bH into the UNIX structure.
470 _
\b3. _
\bT_
\bU_
\bT_
\bO_
\bR_
\bI_
\bA_
\bL
476 This tutorial provides a brief introduction to the _
\bM_
\bH commands. It
477 should be sufficient to allow the user to read his mail, do some simple
478 manipulations of it, and create and send messages.
480 A message has two major pieces: the header and the body. The body
481 consists of the text of the message (whatever you care to type in). It
482 follows the header and is separated from it by an empty line. (When you
483 compose a message, the form that appears on your terminal shows a line
484 of dashes after the header. This is for convenience and is replaced by
485 an empty line when the message is sent.) The header is composed of
486 several components, including the subject of the message and the person
487 to whom it is addressed. Each component starts with a name and a colon;
488 components must not start with a blank. The text of the component may
489 take more than one line, but each continuation line must start with a
490 blank. Messages typically have "To:", "cc:", and "Subject:" components.
491 When composing a message, you should include the "To:" and "Subject:"
492 components; the "cc:" (for people you want to send copies to) is not
495 The basic _
\bM_
\bH commands are _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, _
\br_
\bm_
\bm, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp,
496 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. These are described below.
500 When you get the message "You have mail", type the command _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc.
501 You will get a "scan listing" such as:
503 7+ 7/13 Cas revival of measurement work
504 8 10/ 9 Norm NBS people and publications
505 9 11/26 To:norm question <<Are there any functions
507 This shows the messages you received since the last time you exe-
508 cuted this command (_
\bi_
\bn_
\bc adds these new messages to your inbox folder).
509 You can see this list again, plus a list of any other messages you have,
510 by using the _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn command.
514 The scan listing shows the message number, followed by the date and
515 the sender. (If you are the sender, the addressee in the "To:" com-
516 ponent is displayed. You may send yourself a message by including your
517 name among the "To:" or "cc:" addressees.) It also shows the message's
518 subject; if the subject is short, the first part of the body of the mes-
519 sage is included after the characters <<.
538 This command shows the current message, that is, the first one of
539 the new messages after an _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. If the message is not specified by name
540 (number), it is generally the last message referred to by an _
\bM_
\bH command.
544 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw 5 will show message 5.
547 You can use the show command to copy a message or print a message.
550 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw > _
\bx will copy the message to file x.
551 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw | _
\bl_
\bp_
\br will print the message, using the _
\bl_
\bp_
\br command.
552 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt will show the message that follows the current message.
553 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv will show the message previous to the current message.
554 _
\br_
\bm_
\bm will remove the current message.
555 _
\br_
\bm_
\bm _
\b3 will remove message 3.
560 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp command puts you in the editor to write or edit a message.
561 Fill in or delete the "To:", "cc:", and "Subject:" fields, as appropri-
562 ate, and type the body of the message. Then exit normally from the edi-
563 tor. You will be asked "What now?". Type a carriage return to see the
564 options. Typing send will cause the message to be sent; typing quit
565 will cause an exit from _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, with the message draft saved.
567 If you quit without sending the message, it will be saved in a file
568 called <name>/Mail/draft (where <name> is your $HOME directory). You
569 can resume editing the message later with "comp -use"; or you can send
570 the message later, using the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd command.
572 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp -_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br
574 This command uses a different editor and is useful for preparing
575 "quick and dirty" messages. It prompts you for each component of the
576 header. Type the information for that component, or type a carriage
577 return to omit the component. After that, type the body of the message.
578 Backspacing is the only form of editing allowed with this editor. When
579 the body is complete, type a carriage return followed by <EOT> (usually
580 <CTRL-D>). This completes the initial preparation of the message; from
581 then on, use the same procedures as with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (above).
586 This command makes up an initial message form with a header that is
587 appropriate for replying to an existing message. The message being
602 answered is the current message if no message number is mentioned, or n
603 if a number is specified. After the header is completed, you can finish
604 the message as in _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (above).
606 This is enough information to get you going using _
\bM_
\bH. There are
607 more commands, and the commands described here have more features. Sub-
608 sequent sections explain _
\bM_
\bH in complete detail. The system is quite
609 powerful if you want to use its sophisticated features, but the forego-
610 ing commands suffice for sending and receiving messages.
612 There are numerous additional capabilities you may wish to explore.
613 For example, the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk command will select a subset of messages based on
614 specified criteria such as sender and/or subject. Groups of messages
615 may be designated, as described in Sec. IV, under Message Naming. The
616 file ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be can be used to tailor your use of the message system to
617 your needs and preferences, as described in Sec. IV, under The User Pro-
618 file. In general, you may learn additional features of the system
619 selectively, according to your requirements, by studying the relevant
620 sections of this manual. There is no need to learn all the details of
668 _
\b4. _
\bD_
\bE_
\bT_
\bA_
\bI_
\bL_
\bE_
\bD _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
674 This section describes the _
\bM_
\bH system in detail, including the com-
675 ponents of the user profile, the conventions for message naming, and
676 some of the other _
\bM_
\bH conventions. Readers who are generally familiar
677 with computer systems will be able to follow the principal ideas,
678 although some details may be meaningful only to those familiar with
682 _
\bT_
\bH_
\bE _
\bU_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR _
\bP_
\bR_
\bO_
\bF_
\bI_
\bL_
\bE
684 The first time an _
\bM_
\bH command is issued by a new user, the system
685 prompts for a "Path" and creates an _
\bM_
\bH "profile".
687 Each _
\bM_
\bH user has a profile which contains tailoring information for
688 each individual program. Other profile entries control the _
\bM_
\bH path
689 (where folders and special files are kept), folder and message protec-
690 tions, editor selection, and default arguments for each _
\bM_
\bH program.
691 Each user of _
\bM_
\bH also has a context file which contains current state
692 information for the _
\bM_
\bH package (the location of the context file is kept
693 in the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory, or may be named in the user profile). When
694 a folder becomes the current folder, it is recorded in the user's con-
695 text. (Other state information is kept in the context file, see the
696 manual entry for _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (5) for more details.) In general, the term
697 "profile entry" refer to entries in either the profile or context file.
698 Users of _
\bM_
\bH needn't worry about the distinction, _
\bM_
\bH handles these things
701 The _
\bM_
\bH profile is stored in the file ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be in the user's
702 $HOME directory[1]. It has the format of a message without any body.
703 That is, each profile entry is on one line, with a keyword followed by a
704 colon (:) followed by text particular to the keyword.
705 => _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt _
\bh_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bb_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\bk _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs.
706 The keywords may have any combination of upper and lower case. (See the
707 information of _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl later on in this manual for a description of mes-
710 For the average _
\bM_
\bH user, the only profile entry of importance is
711 "Path". Path specifies a directory in which _
\bM_
\bH folders and certain
712 files such as "draft" are found. The argument to this keyword must be a
713 legal UNIX path that names an existing directory. If this path is not
714 absolute (i.e., does not begin with a / ), it will be presumed to start
717 [1] By defining the envariable $MH, you can specify an alternate pro-
718 file to be used by _
\bM_
\bH commands.
734 from the user's $HOME directory. All folder and message references
735 within _
\bM_
\bH will relate to this path unless full path names are used.
737 Message protection defaults to 644, and folder protection to 711.
738 These may be changed by profile entries "Msg-Protect" and "Folder-
739 Protect", respectively. The argument to these keywords is an octal
740 number which is used as the UNIX file mode[2].
742 When an _
\bM_
\bH program starts running, it looks through the user's pro-
743 file for an entry with a keyword matching the program's name. For exam-
744 ple, when _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is run, it looks for a "comp" profile entry. If one is
745 found, the text of the profile entry is used as the default switch set-
746 ting until all defaults are overridden by explicit switches passed to
747 the program as arguments. Thus the profile entry
748 "comp: -form standard.list" would direct _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp to use the file
749 "standard.list" as the message skeleton. If an explicit form switch is
750 given to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp command, it will override the switch obtained from the
753 In UNIX, a program may exist under several names, either by linking
754 or aliasing. The actual invocation name is used by an _
\bM_
\bH program when
755 scanning for its profile defaults[3]. Thus, each _
\bM_
\bH program may have
756 several names by which it can be invoked, and each name may have a dif-
757 ferent set of default switches. For example, if _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is invoked by the
758 name _
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, the profile entry "icomp" will control the default switches
759 for this invocation of the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp program. This provides a powerful
760 definitional facility for commonly used switch settings.
762 The default editor for editing within _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt,
763 is usually _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br, but might be something else at your site, such as
764 /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bu_
\bc_
\bb/_
\be_
\bx or /_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn/_
\be. A different editor may be used by specifying the
765 profile entry "Editor: ". The argument to "Editor" is the name of an
766 executable program or shell command file which can be found via the
767 user's $PATH defined search path, excluding the current directory. The
768 "Editor:" profile specification may in turn be overridden by a
769 `-editor <editor>' profile switch associated with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or
770 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt. Finally, an explicit editor switch specified with any of these
771 four commands will have ultimate precedence.
773 During message composition, more than one editor may be used. For
774 example, one editor (such as _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br ) may be used initially, and a
777 [2] See _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd (1) in the _
\bU_
\bN_
\bI_
\bX _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\br'_
\bs _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl [5].
778 [3] Unfortunately, the shell does not preserve aliasing information
779 when calling a program, hence if a program is invoked by an alias dif-
780 ferent than its name, the program will examine the profile entry for
781 it's name, not the alias that the user invoked it as. The correct solu-
782 tion is to create a (soft) link in your $_
\bH_
\bO_
\bM_
\bE/_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn directory to the _
\bM_
\bH
783 program of your choice. By giving this link a different name, you can
784 use an alternate set of defaults for the command.
800 second editor may be invoked later to revise the message being composed
801 (see the discussion of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp in Section 5 for details). A profile entry
802 "<lasteditor>-next: <editor>" specifies the name of the editor to be
803 used after a particular editor. Thus "comp: -e prompter" causes the
804 initial text to be collected by _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br, and the profile entry
805 "prompter-next: ed" names ed as the editor to be invoked for the next
808 Some of the _
\bM_
\bH commands, such as _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, can be used on message fold-
809 ers owned by others, if those folders are readable. However, you cannot
810 write in someone else's folder. All the _
\bM_
\bH command actions not requir-
811 ing write permission may be used with a "read-only" folder.
813 Table 1 lists examples of some of the currently defined profile
814 entries, typical arguments, and the programs that reference the entries.
869 ______________________________________________________
871 _
\bM_
\bH Programs that
872 Keyword and Argument use Component
\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b______________________________________________________
875 Current-Folder: inbox Most
876 Editor: /usr/ucb/ex _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl
877 Inbox: inbox _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc, _
\br_
\bm_
\bf
878 Msg-Protect: 644 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
879 Folder-Protect: 711 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
880 <program>: default switches All
881 prompter-next: ed _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl
882 ______________________________________________________
885 Path should
\b\b\b\b\b\b______ be present. Current-Folder is maintained automatically
886 by many _
\bM_
\bH commands (see the Context sections of the individual commands
887 in Sec. IV). All other entries are optional, defaulting to the values
891 _
\bM_
\bE_
\bS_
\bS_
\bA_
\bG_
\bE _
\bN_
\bA_
\bM_
\bI_
\bN_
\bG
893 Messages may be referred to explicitly or implicitly when using _
\bM_
\bH
894 commands. A formal syntax of message names is given in Appendix B, but
895 the following description should be sufficient for most _
\bM_
\bH users. Some
896 details of message naming that apply only to certain commands are
897 included in the description of those commands.
899 Most of the _
\bM_
\bH commands accept arguments specifying one or more
900 folders, and one or more messages to operate on. The use of the word
901 "msg" as an argument to a command means that exactly one message name
902 may be specified. A message name may be a number, such as 1, 33, or
903 234, or it may be one of the "reserved" message names: first, last,
904 prev, next, and cur. (As a shorthand, a period (.) is equivalent to
905 cur.) The meanings of these names are straightforward: "first" is the
906 first message in the folder; "last" is the last message in the folder;
907 "prev" is the message numerically previous to the current message;
908 "next" is the message numerically following the current message; "cur"
909 (or ".") is the current message in the folder. In addition, _
\bM_
\bH supports
910 user-defined-sequences; see the description of the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command for more
913 The default in commands that take a "msg" argument is always "cur".
915 The word "msgs" indicates that several messages may be specified.
916 Such a specification consists of several message designations separated
917 by spaces. A message designation is either a message name or a message
932 range. A message range is a specification of the form name1-name2 or
933 name1:n, where name1 and name2 are message names and n is an integer.
934 The first form designates all the messages from name1 to name2
935 inclusive; this must be a non-empty range. The second form specifies up
936 to n messages, starting with name1 if name1 is a number, or first, cur,
937 or next, and ending with name1 if name1 is last or prev. This interpre-
938 tation of n is overridden if n is preceded by a plus sign or a minus
939 sign; +n always means up to n messages starting with name1, and -n
940 always means up to n messages ending with name1. Repeated specifica-
941 tions of the same message have the same effect as a single specification
942 of the message. Examples of specifications are:
951 The message name "all" is a shorthand for "first-last", indicating
952 all of the messages in the folder.
954 In commands that accept "msgs" arguments, the default is either cur
955 or all, depending on which makes more sense.
957 In all of the _
\bM_
\bH commands, a plus sign preceding an argument indi-
958 cates a folder name. Thus, "+inbox" is the name of the user's standard
959 inbox. If an explicit folder argument is given to an _
\bM_
\bH command, it
960 will become the current folder (that is, the "Current-Folder:" entry in
961 the user's profile will be changed to this folder). In the case of the
962 _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be command, which can have multiple output folders, a new source
963 folder (other than the default current folder) is specified by
967 _
\bO_
\bT_
\bH_
\bE_
\bR _
\bM_
\bH _
\bC_
\bO_
\bN_
\bV_
\bE_
\bN_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bS
969 One very powerful feature of _
\bM_
\bH is that the _
\bM_
\bH commands may be
970 issued from any current directory, and the proper path to the appropri-
971 ate folder(s) will be taken from the user's profile. If the _
\bM_
\bH path is
972 not appropriate for a specific folder or file, the automatic prepending
973 of the _
\bM_
\bH path can be avoided by beginning a folder or file name with /,
974 or with ./ or ../ component. Thus any specific absolute path may be
975 specified along with any path relative to the current working directory.
977 Arguments to the various programs may be given in any order, with
978 the exception of a few switches whose arguments must follow immediately,
979 such as `-src +folder' for _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be.
981 Whenever an _
\bM_
\bH command prompts the user, the valid options will be
982 listed in response to a <RETURN>. (The first of the listed options is
983 the default if end-of-file is encountered, such as from a command file.)
998 A valid response is any _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bq_
\bu_
\be abbreviation of one of the listed
1001 Standard UNIX documentation conventions are used in this report to
1002 describe _
\bM_
\bH command syntax. Arguments enclosed in brackets ([ ]) are
1003 optional; exactly one of the arguments enclosed within braces ({ }) must
1004 be specified, and all other arguments are required. The use of ellipsis
1005 dots (...) indicates zero or more repetitions of the previous item. For
1006 example, "+folder ..." would indicate that one or more "+folder" argu-
1007 ments is required and "[+folder ...]" indicates that 0 or more "+folder"
1008 arguments may be given.
1010 _
\bM_
\bH departs from UNIX standards by using switches that consist of
1011 more than one character, e.g. `-header'. To minimize typing, only a
1012 unique abbreviation of a switch need be typed; thus, for `-header',
1013 `-hea' is probably sufficient, depending on the other switches the com-
1014 mand accepts. Each _
\bM_
\bH program accepts the switch `-help' (which must be
1015 spelled out fully) and produces a syntax description and a list of
1016 switches. In the list of switches, parentheses indicate required char-
1017 acters. For example, all `-help' switches will appear as "-(help)",
1018 indicating that no abbreviation is accepted. Furthermore, the `-help'
1019 switch tells the version of the _
\bM_
\bH program you invoked.
1021 Many _
\bM_
\bH switches have both on and off forms, such as `-format' and
1022 `-noformat'. In many of the descriptions which follow, only one form is
1023 defined; the other form, often used to nullify profile switch settings,
1024 is assumed to be the opposite.
1064 _
\bM_
\bH _
\bC_
\bO_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD_
\bS
1066 The _
\bM_
\bH package comprises several programs:
1068 ali (1) - list mail aliases
1069 anno (1) - annotate messages
1070 bbc (1) - check on BBoards
1071 bboards (1) - the UCI BBoards facility
1072 burst (1) - explode digests into messages
1073 comp (1) - compose a message
1074 dist (1) - redistribute a message to additional addresses
1075 folder (1) - set/list current folder/message
1076 folders (1) - list all folders
1077 forw (1) - forward messages
1078 inc (1) - incorporate new mail
1079 mark (1) - mark messages
1080 mhl (1) - produce formatted listings of MH messages
1081 mhmail (1) - send or read mail
1082 mhook (1) - MH receive-mail hooks
1083 mhparam (1) - print MH profile components
1084 mhpath (1) - print full pathnames of MH messages and folders
1085 msgchk (1) - check for messages
1086 msh (1) - MH shell (and BBoard reader)
1087 next (1) - show the next message
1088 packf (1) - compress a folder into a single file
1089 pick (1) - select messages by content
1090 prev (1) - show the previous message
1091 prompter (1) - prompting editor front end
1092 rcvstore (1) - incorporate new mail asynchronously
1093 refile (1) - file messages in other folders
1094 repl (1) - reply to a message
1095 rmf (1) - remove folder
1096 rmm (1) - remove messages
1097 scan (1) - produce a one line per message scan listing
1098 send (1) - send a message
1099 show (1) - show (list) messages
1100 slocal (1) - special local mail delivery
1101 sortm (1) - sort messages
1102 vmh (1) - visual front-end to MH
1103 whatnow (1) - prompting front-end for send
1104 whom (1) - report to whom a message would go
1107 These programs are described below. The form of the descriptions
1108 conforms to the standard form for the description of UNIX commands.
1131 ali - list mail aliases
1133 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1134 ali [-alias aliasfile] [-list] [-nolist] [-normalize]
1135 [-nonormalize] [-user] [-nouser] aliases ... [-help]
1137 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1139 _
\bA_
\bl_
\bi searches the named mail alias files for each of the given
1140 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs. It creates a list of addresses for those _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs, and
1141 writes that list on standard output. If the `-list' option is
1142 specified, each address appears on a separate line; otherwise, the
1143 addresses are separated by commas and printed on as few lines as
1146 The `-user' option directs _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi to perform its processing in an
1147 inverted fashion: instead of listing the addresses that each given
1148 alias expands to, _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi will list the aliases that expand to each
1149 given address. If the `-normalize' switch is given, _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi will try
1150 to track down the official hostname of the address.
1152 The files specified by the profile entry "Aliasfile:" and any addi-
1153 tional alias files given by the `-alias aliasfile' switch will be
1154 read. Each _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs is processed as described in _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (5).
1156 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1157 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1158 /etc/passwd List of users
1159 /etc/group List of groups
1162 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1163 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1164 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
1167 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1171 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1172 `-alias /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases'
1178 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1183 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1197 The `-user' option with `-nonormalize' is not entirely accurate, as
1198 it does not replace local nicknames for hosts with their official
1249 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1259 ANNO(1) -19- ANNO(1)
1263 anno - annotate messages
1265 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1266 anno [+folder] [msgs] [-component field] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
1267 [-date] [-nodate] [-text body] [-help]
1269 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1271 _
\bA_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo annotates the specified messages in the named folder using the
1272 field and body. Annotation is optionally performed by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
1273 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, to keep track of your distribution of, forwarding of, and
1274 replies to a message. By using _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo, you can perform arbitrary
1275 annotations of your own. Each message selected will be annotated
1281 The `-nodate' switch inhibits the date annotation, leaving only the
1282 body annotation. The `-inplace' switch causes annotation to be
1283 done in place in order to preserve links to the annotated message.
1285 The field specified should be a valid 822-style message field name,
1286 which means that it should consist of alphanumerics (or dashes)
1287 only. The body specified is arbitrary text.
1289 If a `-component field' is not specified when _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo is invoked, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo
1290 will prompt the user for the name of field for the annotation.
1292 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1293 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1296 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1297 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1298 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
1301 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1302 dist (1), forw (1), repl (1)
1305 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1306 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
1307 `msgs' defaults to cur
1315 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1325 ANNO(1) -20- ANNO(1)
1328 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1329 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The first
1330 message annotated will become the current message.
1381 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1395 bbc - check on BBoards
1397 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1398 bbc [bboards ...] [-topics] [-check] [-read] [-quiet] [-verbose]
1399 [-archive] [-noarchive] [-protocol] [-noprotocol]
1400 [-mshproc program] [switches for _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-rcfile rcfile]
1401 [-norcfile] [-file BBoardsfile] [-user BBoardsuser]
1402 [-host host] [-help]
1404 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1406 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc is a BBoard reading/checking program that interfaces to the
1409 The _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc program has three action switches which direct its opera-
1412 The `-read' switch invokes the _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh program on the named _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs.
1413 If you also specify the `-archive' switch, then _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will invoke
1414 the _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh program on the archives of the named _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs. If no
1415 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs are given on the command line, and you specified
1416 `-archive', _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will not read your `bboards' profile entry, but
1417 will read the archives of the "system" _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd instead.
1419 The `-check' switch types out status information for the named
1420 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs. _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc can print one of several messages depending on the
1421 status of both the BBoard and the user's reading habits. As with
1422 each of these messages, the number given is the item number of the
1423 last item placed in the BBoard. This number (which is marked in
1424 the messages as the "BBoard-Id") is ever increasing. Hence, when
1425 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc says "n items", it really means that the highest BBoard-Id is
1426 "n". There may, or may not actually be "n" items in the BBoard.
1427 Some common messages are:
1429 BBoard -- n items unseen
1430 This message tells how many items the user has not yet
1431 seen. When invoked with the `-quiet' switch, this is the
1432 only informative line that _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will possibly print out.
1435 The BBoard is empty.
1437 BBoard -- n items (none seen)
1438 The BBoard has items in it, but the user hasn't seen any.
1440 BBoard -- n items (all seen)
1441 The BBoard is non-empty, and the user has seen everything
1444 BBoard -- n items seen out of m
1445 The BBoard has at most m-n items that the user has not
1447 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1462 The `-topics' switch directs _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to print three items about the
1463 named _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs: it's official name, the number of items present, and
1464 the date and time of the last update. If no _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs are named,
1465 then all BBoards are listed. If the `-verbose' switch is given,
1466 more information is output.
1468 The `-quiet' switch specifies that _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc should be silent if no
1469 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs are found with new information. The `-verbose' switch
1470 specifies that _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc is to consider you to be interested in _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs
1471 that you've already seen everything in.
1473 To override the default _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc and the profile entry, use the
1474 `-mshproc program' switch. Any arguments not understood by _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc are
1475 passed to this program. The `-protocol' switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc that your
1476 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc knows about the special _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc protocol for reporting back
1477 information. _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh (1), the default _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, knows all about this.
1479 The `-file BBoardsfile' switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to use a non-standard
1480 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs file when performing its calculations. Similarly, the
1481 `-user BBoardsuser' switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to use a non-standard user-
1482 name. Both of these switches are useful for debugging a new
1483 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs or _
\bP_
\bO_
\bP file.
1485 If the local host is configured as an NNTP BBoards client, or if
1486 the `-host host' switch is given, then _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will query the NNTP ser-
1487 vice host as to the status of the BBoards. For NNTP BBoards
1488 clients, the `-user user' and the `-rpop' switches are ignored.
1490 The ._
\bb_
\bb_
\br_
\bc file in the user's $HOME directory is used to keep track
1491 of what messages have been read. The `-rcfile rcfile' switch over-
1492 rides the use of ._
\bb_
\bb_
\br_
\bc for this purpose. If the value given to the
1493 switch is not absolute, (i.e., does not begin with a / ), it will
1494 be presumed to start from the current working directory. If this
1495 switch is not given (or the `-norcfile' switch is given), then _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc
1496 consults the envariable $MHBBRC, and honors it similarly.
1498 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1499 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1500 $HOME/.bbrc BBoard "current" message information
1503 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1504 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1505 bboards: To specify interesting BBoards
1506 mshproc: Program to read a given BBoard
1509 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1510 bbl(1), bboards(1), msh(1)
1513 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1526 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1530 `bboards' defaults to "system"
1531 `-file /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bboards/BBoards'
1535 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1540 The `-user' switch takes effect only if followed by the `-file'
1579 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1589 BBOARDS(1) -24- BBOARDS(1)
1593 bboards - the UCI BBoards facility
1595 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1596 bbc [-check] [-read] bboards ... [-help]
1598 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1600 The home directory of _
\bb_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs is where the BBoard system is kept.
1601 This documentation describes some of the nuances of the BBoard sys-
1605 A BBoard is just a file containing a group of messages relat-
1606 ing to the same topic. These files live in the ~bboards home
1607 directory. Each message in a BBoard file has in its header
1608 the line "BBoard-Id: n", where "n" is an ascending decimal
1609 number. This id-number is unique for each message in a
1610 BBoards file. It should NOT be confused with the message
1611 number of a message, which can change as messages are removed
1615 To read BBoards, use the _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc and _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh programs. The _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh com-
1616 mand is a monolithic program which contains all the func-
1617 tionality of _
\bM_
\bH in a single program. The `-check' switch to
1618 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc lets you check on the status of BBoards, and the `-read'
1619 switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to invoke _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to read those BBoards.
1622 Both public, and private BBoards are supported. Contact the
1623 mail address _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bM_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br if you'd like to have a BBoard
1627 Each BBoard has associated with it 4 addresses, these are (for
1628 the ficticious BBoard called ``hacks''):
1629 hacks : The Internet wide distribution list.
1630 dist-hacks : The local BBoard.
1631 hacks-request : The people responsible for the BBoard at the
1633 local-hacks-request : The people responsible for the BBoard
1636 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1637 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1638 $HOME/.bbrc BBoard information
1645 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1655 BBOARDS(1) -25- BBOARDS(1)
1658 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1659 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1660 bboards: To specify interesting BBoards
1661 mshproc: Program to read a given BBoard
1664 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1665 bbc(1), bbl(1), bbleader(1), msh(1)
1668 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1669 The default bboard is "system"
1672 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1711 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1721 BURST(1) -26- BURST(1)
1725 burst - explode digests into messages
1727 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1728 burst [+folder] [msgs] [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-quiet] [-noquiet]
1729 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-help]
1731 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1733 _
\bB_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt considers the specified messages in the named folder to be
1734 Internet digests, and explodes them in that folder.
1736 If `-inplace' is given, each digest is replaced by the "table of
1737 contents" for the digest (the original digest is removed). _
\bB_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt
1738 then renumbers all of the messages following the digest in the
1739 folder to make room for each of the messages contained within the
1740 digest. These messages are placed immediately after the digest.
1742 If `-noinplace' is given, each digest is preserved, no table of
1743 contents is produced, and the messages contained within the digest
1744 are placed at the end of the folder. Other messages are not tam-
1745 pered with in any way.
1747 The `-quiet' switch directs _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt to be silent about reporting mes-
1748 sages that are not in digest format.
1750 The `-verbose' switch directs _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt to tell the user the general
1751 actions that it is taking to explode the digest.
1753 It turns out that _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt works equally well on forwarded messages
1754 and blind-carbon-copies as on Internet digests, provided that the
1755 former two were generated by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw or _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd.
1757 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1758 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1761 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1762 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1763 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
1764 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
1767 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1768 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (aka RFC-934),
1769 inc(1), msh(1), pack(1)
1777 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1787 BURST(1) -27- BURST(1)
1790 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1791 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
1792 `msgs' defaults to cur
1798 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1799 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. If `-in-
1800 place' is given, then the first message burst becomes the current
1801 message. This leaves the context ready for a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw of the table of
1802 contents of the digest, and a _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt to see the first message of the
1803 digest. If `-noinplace' is given, then the first message extracted
1804 from the first digest burst becomes the current message. This
1805 leaves the context in a similar, but not identical, state to the
1806 context achieved when using `-inplace'.
1810 The _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt program enforces a limit on the number of messages which
1811 may be _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt from a single message. This number is on the order of
1812 1000 messages. There is usually no limit on the number of messages
1813 which may reside in the folder after the _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bting.
1815 Although _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine where
1816 one encapsulated message ends and another begins, not all digesti-
1817 fying programs use an encapsulation algorithm. In degenerate
1818 cases, this usually results in _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt finding an encapsulation boun-
1819 dary prematurely and splitting a single encapsulated message into
1820 two or more messages. These erroneous digestifying programs should
1823 Furthermore, any text which appears after the last encapsulated
1824 message is not placed in a seperate message by _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt. In the case
1825 of digestified messages, this text is usally an "End of digest"
1826 string. As a result of this possibly un-friendly behavior on the
1827 part of _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt, note that when the `-inplace' option is used, this
1828 trailing information is lost. In practice, this is not a problem
1829 since correspondents usually place remarks in text prior to the
1830 first encapsulated message, and this information is not lost.
1843 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1853 COMP(1) -28- COMP(1)
1857 comp - compose a message
1859 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1860 comp [+folder] [msg] [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg]
1861 [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-file file]
1862 [-form formfile] [-use] [-nouse] [-whatnowproc program]
1863 [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
1865 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1867 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is used to create a new message to be mailed. It copies a
1868 message form to the draft being composed and then invokes an editor
1869 on the draft (unless `-noedit' is given, in which case the initial
1870 edit is suppressed).
1872 The default message form contains the following elements:
1879 If the file named "components" exists in the user's MH directory,
1880 it will be used instead of this form. The file specified by
1881 `-form formfile' will be used if given. You may also start _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp
1882 using the contents of an existing message as the form. If you sup-
1883 ply either a `+folder' or `msg' argument, that message will be used
1884 as the form. You may not supply both a `-form formfile' and a
1885 `+folder' or `msg' argument. The line of dashes or a blank line
1886 must be left between the header and the body of the message for the
1887 message to be identified properly when it is sent (see _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1)).
1888 The switch `-use' directs _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp to continue editing an already
1889 started message. That is, if a _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (or _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, or _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw ) is
1890 terminated without sending the draft, the draft can be edited again
1893 If the draft already exists, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp will ask you as to the disposi-
1894 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, leaving the
1895 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with the
1896 appropriate form; list will display the draft; use will use the
1897 draft for further composition; and refile +folder will file the
1898 draft in the given folder, and give you a new draft with the
1899 appropriate form. (The `+folder' argument to refile is required.)
1901 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
1902 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
1903 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
1904 manual for more information.
1906 The `-file file' switch says to use the named file as the message
1909 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1919 COMP(1) -29- COMP(1)
1922 The `-editor editor' switch indicates the editor to use for the
1923 initial edit. Upon exiting from the editor, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp will invoke the
1924 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available
1925 options. The invocation of this program can be inhibited by using
1926 the `-nowhatnowproc' switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw
1927 program which starts the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc'
1928 will prevent any edit from occurring.)
1930 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1931 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/components The message skeleton
1932 or <mh-dir>/components Rather than the standard skeleton
1933 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1934 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
1937 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1938 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1939 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
1940 Editor: To override the default editor
1941 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
1943 fileproc: Program to refile the message
1944 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
1947 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1948 dist(1), forw(1), repl(1), send(1), whatnow(1), mh-profile(5)
1951 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1952 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
1953 `msg' defaults to the current message
1958 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1963 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
1964 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
1965 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp won't run
1975 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1985 DIST(1) -30- DIST(1)
1989 dist - redistribute a message to additional addresses
1991 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1992 dist [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
1993 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
1994 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-form formfile] [-inplace]
1995 [-noinplace] [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
1997 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1999 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt is similar to _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw. It prepares the specified message for
2000 redistribution to addresses that (presumably) are not on the origi-
2003 The default message form contains the following elements:
2008 If the file named "distcomps" exists in the user's MH directory, it
2009 will be used instead of this form. In either case, the file speci-
2010 fied by `-form formfile' will be used if given. The form used will
2011 be prepended to the message being resent.
2013 If the draft already exists, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will ask you as to the disposi-
2014 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, leaving the
2015 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with a blank
2016 skeleton; and list will display the draft.
2018 Only those addresses in "Resent-To:", "Resent-cc:", and
2019 "Resent-Bcc:" will be sent. Also, a "Resent-Fcc: folder" will be
2020 honored (see _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1)). Note that with _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, the draft should con-
2021 tain only "Resent-xxx:" fields and no body. The headers and the
2022 body of the original message are copied to the draft when the mes-
2023 sage is sent. Use care in constructing the headers for the redis-
2026 If the `-annotate' switch is given, the message being distributed
2027 will be annotated with the lines:
2032 where each address list contains as many lines as required. This
2033 annotation will be done only if the message is sent directly from
2034 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt. If the message is not sent immediately from _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, "comp
2035 -use" may be used to re-edit and send the constructed message, but
2036 the annotations won't take place. The '-inplace' switch causes
2037 annotation to be done in place in order to preserve links to the
2041 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2051 DIST(1) -31- DIST(1)
2054 See _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) for a description of the `-editor' and `-noedit'
2055 switches. Note that while in the editor, the message being resent
2056 is available through a link named "@" (assuming the default _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
2057 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc ). In addition, the actual pathname of the message is
2058 stored in the envariable $editalt, and the pathname of the folder
2059 containing the message is stored in the envariable $mhfolder.
2061 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
2062 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
2063 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
2064 manual for more information.
2066 Upon exiting from the editor, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will invoke the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
2067 See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available options. The invoca-
2068 tion of this program can be inhibited by using the `-nowhatnowproc'
2069 switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program which starts
2070 the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc' will prevent any edit
2073 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2074 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/distcomps The message skeleton
2075 or <mh-dir>/distcomps Rather than the standard skeleton
2076 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2077 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
2080 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2081 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2082 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
2083 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
2084 Editor: To override the default editor
2085 fileproc: Program to refile the message
2086 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
2089 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2090 comp(1), forw(1), repl(1), send(1), whatnow(1)
2093 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2094 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
2095 `msg' defaults to cur
2101 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2102 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The mes-
2103 sage distributed will become the current message.
2107 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2117 DIST(1) -32- DIST(1)
2120 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
2121 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt originally used headers of the form "Distribute-xxx:" instead
2122 of "Resent-xxx:". In order to conform with the ARPA Internet stan-
2123 dard, RFC-822, the "Resent-xxx:" form is now used. _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will
2124 recognize "Distribute-xxx:" type headers and automatically convert
2125 them to "Resent-xxx:".
2129 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt does not _
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bo_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by check the message being distributed for
2130 adherence to the transport standard, but _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt called by _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd does.
2131 The _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt program will balk (and rightly so) at poorly formatted
2132 messages, and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt won't correct things for you.
2134 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
2135 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
2136 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt won't run
2139 If your current working directory is not writable, the link named
2140 "@" is not available.
2173 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2183 FOLDER(1) -33- FOLDER(1)
2187 folder, folders - set/list current folder/message
2189 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2190 folder [+folder] [msg] [-all] [-print] [-fast] [-nofast] [-header]
2191 [-noheader] [-recurse] [-norecurse] [-total] [-nototal]
2192 [-list] [-nolist] [-push] [-pop] [-pack] [-nopack] [-verbose]
2193 [-noverbose] [-help]
2197 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2199 Since the _
\bM_
\bH environment is the shell, it is easy to lose track of
2200 the current folder from day to day. When _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br is given the
2201 `-print' switch (the default), _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br will list the current folder,
2202 the number of messages in it, the range of the messages (low-high),
2203 and the current message within the folder, and will flag extra
2204 files if they exist. An example of this summary is:
2206 inbox+ has 16 messages ( 3- 22); cur= 5.
2208 If a `+folder' and/or `msg' are specified, they will become the
2209 current folder and/or message. If the specified (or default)
2210 folder doesn't exist, the user will be queried as to whether the
2211 folder should be created. When standard input is not a tty, the
2212 folder is created without any query. (This is the easy way to
2213 create an empty folder for use later.)
2215 By comparison, when a `+folder' argument is given, this corresponds
2216 to a "cd" operation in the _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl; when no `+folder' argument is
2217 given, this corresponds roughly to a "pwd" operation in the _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl.
2221 _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
2223 Specifying `-all' will produce a summary line for each top-level
2224 folder in the user's MH directory, sorted alphabetically. (If
2225 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br is invoked by a name ending with "s" (e.g., _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs ),
2226 `-all' is assumed). Specifying `-recurse' with `-all' will also
2227 produce a line for all sub-folders. These folders are all preceded
2228 by the read-only folders, which occur as "atr-cur-" entries in the
2229 user's _
\bM_
\bH context. For example,
2239 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2249 FOLDER(1) -34- FOLDER(1)
2252 Folder # of messages ( range ) cur msg (other files)
2253 /fsd/rs/m/tacc has 35 messages ( 1- 35); cur= 23.
2254 /rnd/phyl/Mail/EP has 82 messages ( 1-108); cur= 82.
2256 inbox+ has 16 messages ( 3- 22); cur= 5.
2257 mh has 76 messages ( 1- 76); cur= 70.
2258 notes has 2 messages ( 1- 2); cur= 1.
2259 ucom has 124 messages ( 1-124); cur= 6; (others).
2260 TOTAL= 339 messages in 7 folders
2262 The "+" after inbox indicates that it is the current folder. The
2263 "(others)" indicates that the folder `ucom' has files which aren't
2264 messages. These files may either be sub-folders, or files that
2265 don't belong under the MH file naming scheme.
2267 The header is output if either a `-all' or a `-header' switch is
2268 specified; it is suppressed by `-noheader'. A `-total' switch will
2269 produce only the summary line.
2271 If `-fast' is given, only the folder name (or names in the case of
2272 `-all') will be listed. (This is faster because the folders need
2275 If a `+folder' is given along with the `-all' switch, _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br will,
2276 in addition to setting the current folder, list the top-level fold-
2277 ers for the current folder (with `-norecurse') or list all sub-
2278 folders under the current folder recursively (with `-recurse'). In
2279 this case, if a `msg' is also supplied, it will become the current
2280 message of `+folder'.
2282 The `-recurse' switch lists each folder recursively, so use of this
2283 option effectively defeats the speed enhancement of the `-fast'
2284 option, since each folder must be searched for subfolders.
2285 Nevertheless, the combination of these options is useful.
2288 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
2290 The `-pack' switch will compress the message names in the desig-
2291 nated folders, removing holes in message numbering. The `-verbose'
2292 switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to tell the user the general actions that it
2293 is taking to compress the folder.
2296 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk
2298 The `-push' switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to push the current folder onto
2299 the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk, and make the `+folder' argument the current
2300 folder. If `+folder' is not given, the current folder and the top
2301 of the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk are exchanged. This corresponds to the "pushd"
2302 operation in the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl.
2305 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2315 FOLDER(1) -35- FOLDER(1)
2318 The `-pop' switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to discard the top of the
2319 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk, after setting the current folder to that value. No
2320 `+folder' argument is allowed. This corresponds to the "popd"
2321 operation in the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl. The `-push' switch and the `-pop' switch
2322 are mutually exclusive: the last occurrence of either one overrides
2323 any previous occurrence of the other. Both of these switches also
2324 set `-list' by default.
2326 The `-list' switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to list the contents of the
2327 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk. No `+folder' argument is allowed. After a success-
2328 ful `-push' or `-pop', the `-list' action is taken, unless a `-nol-
2329 ist' switch follows them on the command line. This corresponds to
2330 the "dirs" operation in the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl. The `-push', `-pop', and
2331 `-list' switches turn off `-print'.
2333 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2334 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2337 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2338 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2339 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
2340 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
2341 Folder-Stack: To determine the folder stack
2344 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2345 refile(1), mhpath(1)
2348 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2349 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
2350 `msg' defaults to none
2357 `-print' is the default if no `-list', `-push', or `-pop' is specified
2358 `-list' is the default if `-push', or `-pop' is specified
2361 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2362 If `+folder' and/or `msg' are given, they will become the current
2363 folder and/or message.
2371 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2381 FOLDER(1) -36- FOLDER(1)
2384 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
2385 In previous versions of _
\bM_
\bH, the `-fast' switch prevented context
2386 changes from occurring for the current folder. This is no longer
2387 the case: if `+folder' is given, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br will always change the
2388 current folder to that.
2392 `-all' forces `-header'.
2437 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2447 FORW(1) -37- FORW(1)
2451 forw - forward messages
2453 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2454 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
2455 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
2456 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-filter filterfile]
2457 [-form formfile] [-format] [-noformat] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
2458 [-mime] [-nomime] [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc]
2461 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-digest list] [-issue number]
2462 [-volume number] [other switches for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw] [-help]
2464 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2466 _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw may be used to prepare a message containing other messages.
2467 It constructs the new message from the components file or
2468 `-form formfile' (see _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp ), with a body composed of the
2469 message(s) to be forwarded. An editor is invoked as in _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, and
2470 after editing is complete, the user is prompted before the message
2473 The default message form contains the following elements:
2480 If the file named "forwcomps" exists in the user's MH directory, it
2481 will be used instead of this form. In either case, the file speci-
2482 fied by `-form formfile' will be used if given.
2484 If the draft already exists, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will ask you as to the disposi-
2485 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, leaving the
2486 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with a blank
2487 skeleton; and list will display the draft.
2489 If the `-annotate' switch is given, each message being forwarded
2490 will be annotated with the lines
2495 where each address list contains as many lines as required. This
2496 annotation will be done only if the message is sent directly from
2497 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw. If the message is not sent immediately from _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
2498 "comp -use" may be used to re-edit and send the constructed mes-
2499 sage, but the annotations won't take place. The '-inplace' switch
2500 causes annotation to be done in place in order to preserve links to
2501 the annotated message.
2503 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2513 FORW(1) -38- FORW(1)
2516 See _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) for a description of the `-editor' and `-noedit'
2519 Although _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw uses the `-form formfile' switch to direct it how to
2520 construct the beginning of the draft, the `-filter filterfile',
2521 `-format', and `-noformat' switches direct _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw as to how each for-
2522 warded message should be formatted in the body of the draft. If
2523 `-noformat' is specified, then each forwarded message is output
2524 exactly as it appears. If `-format' or `-filter filterfile' is
2525 specified, then each forwarded message is filtered (re-formatted)
2526 prior to being output to the body of the draft. The filter file
2527 for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw should be a standard form file for _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, as _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will
2528 invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to format the forwarded messages. The default message
2529 filter (what you get with `-format') is:
2531 width=80,overflowtext=,overflowoffset=10
2532 leftadjust,compress,compwidth=9
2533 Date:formatfield="%<(nodate{text})%{text}%|%(tws{text})%>"
2539 body:nocomponent,overflowoffset=0,noleftadjust,nocompress
2541 If the file named "mhl.forward" exists in the user's MH directory,
2542 it will be used instead of this form. In either case, the file
2543 specified by `-filter filterfile' will be used if given. To sum-
2544 marize: `-noformat' will reproduce each forwarded message exactly,
2545 `-format' will use _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl and a default filterfile, "mhl.forward", to
2546 format each forwarded message, and `-filter filterfile' will use
2547 the named filterfile to format each forwarded message with _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl.
2549 Each forwarded message is separated with an encapsulation delimiter
2550 and dashes in the first column of the forwarded messages will be
2551 prepended with `- ' so that when received, the message is suitable
2552 for bursting by _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt (1). This follows the Internet RFC-934
2555 For users of _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br (1), by specifying prompter's `-prepend'
2556 switch in the .mh_profile file, any commentary text is entered
2557 before the forwarded messages. (A major win!)
2559 To use the MIME rules for encapsulation, specify the `-mime'
2560 switch. This directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw to generate an _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn composition file.
2561 Note that MH will not invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn automatically, unless you add
2562 this line to your .mh_profile file:
2566 Otherwise, you must specifically give the command
2569 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2579 FORW(1) -39- FORW(1)
2584 prior to sending the draft.
2586 To automate this somewhat, create a link to _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br called _
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bi_
\bd
2587 and put these lines in your .mh_profile file:
2589 forw: -editor rapid -mime
2593 Then, you can simply do:
2595 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bs
2596 To: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2598 Subject: _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br
2600 --------Enter initial text
2602 _
\bb_
\bl_
\ba_
\bh, _
\bb_
\bl_
\ba_
\bh, _
\bb_
\bl_
\ba_
\bh.
2606 What now? _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
2607 What now? _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
2609 The _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt command invokes _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn automatically.
2611 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
2612 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
2613 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
2614 manual for more information.
2616 Upon exiting from the editor, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will invoke the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
2617 See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available options. The invoca-
2618 tion of this program can be inhibited by using the `-nowhatnowproc'
2619 switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program which starts
2620 the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc' will prevent any edit
2623 The `-digest list', `-issue number', and `-volume number' switches
2624 implement a digest facility for _
\bM_
\bH. Specifying these switches
2625 enables and/or overloads the following escapes:
2627 _
\bT_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
2628 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt string Argument to `-digest'
2629 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bc_
\bu_
\br integer Argument to `-volume'
2630 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg integer Argument to `-issue'
2632 Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH User's Manual for
2633 more information on making digests.
2635 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2645 FORW(1) -40- FORW(1)
2648 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2649 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/forwcomps The message skeleton
2650 or <mh-dir>/forwcomps Rather than the standard skeleton
2651 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/digestcomps The message skeleton if `-digest' is given
2652 or <mh-dir>/digestcomps Rather than the standard skeleton
2653 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl.forward The message filter
2654 or <mh-dir>/mhl.forward Rather than the standard filter
2655 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2656 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
2659 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2660 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2661 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
2662 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
2663 Editor: To override the default editor
2664 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
2666 fileproc: Program to refile the message
2667 mhlproc: Program to filter messages being forwarded
2668 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
2671 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2672 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (aka RFC-934),
2673 comp(1), dist(1), repl(1), send(1), whatnow(1), mh-format(5)
2676 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2677 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
2678 `msgs' defaults to cur
2686 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2687 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The first
2688 message forwarded will become the current message.
2701 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2711 FORW(1) -41- FORW(1)
2715 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
2716 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
2717 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw won't run
2720 When _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw is told to annotate the messages it forwards, it doesn't
2721 actually annotate them until the draft is successfully sent. If
2722 from the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, you _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh instead of _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, it's possible to
2723 confuse _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw by re-ordering the file (e.g., by using
2724 `folder -pack') before the message is successfully sent. _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and
2725 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl don't have this problem.
2727 To avoid prepending the leading dash characters in forwarded mes-
2728 sages, there is a `-nodashmunging' option. See the "Hidden
2729 Features" section of the _
\bM_
\bH _
\bA_
\bd_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br'_
\bs _
\bG_
\bu_
\bi_
\bd_
\be for more details.
2767 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2781 inc - incorporate new mail
2783 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2784 inc [+folder] [-audit audit-file] [-noaudit] [-changecur]
2785 [-nochangecur] [-form formatfile] [-format string]
2786 [-file name] [-silent] [-nosilent] [-truncate] [-notruncate]
2787 [-width columns] [-host host] [-user user] [-apop] [-noapop]
2788 [-rpop] [-norpop] [-pack file] [-nopack] [-help]
2790 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2792 _
\bI_
\bn_
\bc incorporates mail from the user's incoming mail drop into an _
\bM_
\bH
2793 folder. If `+folder' isn't specified, a folder in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
2794 directory will be used, either that specified by the "Inbox:" entry
2795 in the user's profile, or the folder named "inbox". The new mes-
2796 sages being incorporated are assigned numbers starting with the
2797 next highest number in the folder. If the specified (or default)
2798 folder doesn't exist, the user will be queried prior to its crea-
2799 tion. As the messages are processed, a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn listing of the new
2802 If the user's profile contains a "Msg-Protect: nnn" entry, it will
2803 be used as the protection on the newly created messages, otherwise
2804 the _
\bM_
\bH default of 0644 will be used. During all operations on mes-
2805 sages, this initially assigned protection will be preserved for
2806 each message, so _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd(1) may be used to set a protection on an
2807 individual message, and its protection will be preserved
2810 If the switch `-audit audit-file' is specified (usually as a
2811 default switch in the profile), then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will append a header line
2812 and a line per message to the end of the specified audit-file with
2816 <scan line for first message>
2817 <scan line for second message>
2820 This is useful for keeping track of volume and source of incoming
2821 mail. Eventually, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt may also produce
2822 audits to this (or another) file, perhaps with "Message-Id:" infor-
2823 mation to keep an exact correspondence history. "Audit-file" will
2824 be in the user's MH directory unless a full path is specified.
2826 _
\bI_
\bn_
\bc will incorporate even improperly formatted messages into the
2827 user's MH folder, inserting a blank line prior to the offending
2828 component and printing a comment identifying the bad message.
2830 In all cases, the user's mail drop will be zeroed, unless the
2831 `-notruncate' switch is given.
2833 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2846 If the profile entry "Unseen-Sequence" is present and non-empty,
2847 then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will add each of the newly incorporated messages to each
2848 sequence named by the profile entry. This is similar to the
2849 "Previous-Sequence" profile entry supported by all _
\bM_
\bH commands
2850 which take `msgs' or `msg' arguments. Note that _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will not zero
2851 each sequence prior to adding messages.
2853 The interpretation of the `-form formatfile', `-format string', and
2854 `-width columns' switches is the same as in _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn (1).
2856 By using the `-file name' switch, one can direct _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to incorporate
2857 messages from a file other than the user's maildrop. Note that the
2858 name file will NOT be zeroed, unless the `-truncate' switch is
2861 If the envariable $MAILDROP is set, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc uses it as the loca-
2862 tion of the user's maildrop instead of the default (the `-
2863 file name' switch still overrides this, however). If this envari-
2864 able is not set, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will consult the profile entry "MailDrop"
2865 for this information. If the value found is not absolute, then it
2866 is interpreted relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. If the value
2867 is not found, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will look in the standard system location
2868 for the user's maildrop.
2870 The `-silent' switch directs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to be quiet and not ask any ques-
2871 tions at all. This is useful for putting _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc in the background and
2872 going on to other things.
2874 If the local host is configured as a POP client, or if the
2875 `-host host' switch is given, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will query the POP service
2876 host as to the status of mail waiting. If the `-user user' switch
2877 is not given, then the current username is used. Normally, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
2878 will prompt for a password to use. However, if the `-apop' switch
2879 is given, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will generate authentication credentials to provide
2880 for origin authentication and replay protection, but which do not
2881 involve sending a password in the clear over the network. Other-
2882 wise, if the `-rpop' switch is given, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will try to use a
2883 "trusted" connection (ala the BSD r-commands).
2885 If _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc uses POP, then the `-pack file' switch is considered. If
2886 given, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc simply uses the POP to _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf (1) the user's mail-
2887 drop from the POP service host to the named file. This switch is
2888 provided for those users who prefer to use _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to read their mail-
2891 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2892 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2893 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
2894 /usr/spool/mail/$USER Location of mail drop
2899 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2912 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2913 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2914 Alternate-Mailboxes: To determine the user's mailboxes
2915 Inbox: To determine the inbox, default "inbox"
2916 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
2917 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message and
2919 Unseen-Sequence: To name sequences denoting unseen messages
2922 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2923 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt _
\bO_
\bf_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bt_
\bo_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl - _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b3 (aka RFC-1081),
2924 mhmail(1), scan(1), mh-mail(5), post(8)
2927 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2928 `+folder' defaulted by "Inbox" above
2931 `-format' defaulted as described above
2933 `-truncate' if `-file name' not given, `-notruncate' otherwise
2934 `-width' defaulted to the width of the terminal
2939 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2940 The folder into which messages are being incorporated will become
2941 the current folder. The first message incorporated will become the
2942 current message, unless the `-nochangecur' option is specified.
2943 This leaves the context ready for a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw of the first new message.
2947 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
2948 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. Therefore, one must usu-
2949 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
2965 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2975 MARK(1) -45- MARK(1)
2979 mark - mark messages
2981 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2982 mark [+folder] [msgs] [-sequence name ...] [-add] [-delete] [-list]
2983 [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero] [-help]
2985 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2987 The _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command manipulates message sequences by adding or delet-
2988 ing message numbers from folder-specific message sequences, or by
2989 listing those sequences and messages. A message sequence is a key-
2990 word, just like one of the "reserved" message names, such as
2991 "first" or "next". Unlike the "reserved" message names, which have
2992 a fixed semantics on a per-folder basis, the semantics of a message
2993 sequence may be defined, modified, and removed by the user. Mes-
2994 sage sequences are folder-specific, e.g., the sequence name "seen"
2995 in the context of folder "+inbox" need not have any relation what-
2996 soever to the sequence of the same name in a folder of a different
2999 Three action switches direct the operation of _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk. These switches
3000 are mutually exclusive: the last occurrence of any of them over-
3001 rides any previous occurrence of the other two.
3003 The `-add' switch tells _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk to add messages to sequences or to
3004 create a new sequence. For each sequence named via the
3005 `-sequence name' argument (which must occur at least once) the mes-
3006 sages named via `msgs' (which defaults to "cur" if no `msgs' are
3007 given), are added to the sequence. The messages to be added need
3008 not be absent from the sequence. If the `-zero' switch is speci-
3009 fied, the sequence will be emptied prior to adding the messages.
3010 Hence, `-add -zero' means that each sequence should be initialized
3011 to the indicated messages, while `-add -nozero' means that each
3012 sequence should be appended to by the indicated messages.
3014 The `-delete' switch tells _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk to delete messages from sequences,
3015 and is the dual of `-add'. For each of the named sequences, the
3016 named messages are removed from the sequence. These messages need
3017 not be already present in the sequence. If the `-zero' switch is
3018 specified, then all messages in the folder are appended to the
3019 sequence prior to removing the messages. Hence, `-delete -zero'
3020 means that each sequence should contain all messages except those
3021 indicated, while `-delete -nozero' means that only the indicated
3022 messages should be removed from each sequence. As expected, the
3023 command `mark -sequence seen -delete all' deletes the sequence
3024 "seen" from the current folder.
3026 When creating (or modifying) a sequence, the `-public' switch indi-
3027 cates that the sequence should be made readable for other _
\bM_
\bH users.
3028 In contrast, the `-nopublic' switch indicates that the sequence
3029 should be private to the user's _
\bM_
\bH environment.
3031 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3041 MARK(1) -46- MARK(1)
3044 The `-list' switch tells _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk to list both the sequences defined
3045 for the folder and the messages associated with those sequences.
3046 _
\bM_
\ba_
\br_
\bk will list the name of each sequence given by `-sequence name'
3047 and the messages associated with that sequence. If `-sequence'
3048 isn't used, all sequences will be listed, with private sequences
3049 being so indicated. The `-zero' switch does not affect the opera-
3052 The current restrictions on sequences are:
3054 The name used to denote a message sequence must consist of an
3055 alphabetic character followed by zero or more alphanumeric char-
3056 acters, and can not be one of the "reserved" message names (e.g.,
3057 "first", "cur", and so forth).
3059 Only a certain number of sequences may be defined for a given
3060 folder. This number is usually limited to 26 (10 on small sys-
3063 Message ranges with user-defined sequence names are restricted to
3064 the form "name:n" or "name:-n", and refer to the first or last
3065 `n' messages of the sequence `name', respectively. Constructs of
3066 the form "name1-name2" are forbidden.
3068 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3069 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3072 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3073 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
3074 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
3077 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3078 pick (1), mh-sequence (5)
3081 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3082 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
3083 `-add' if `-sequence' is specified, `-list' otherwise
3084 `msgs' defaults to cur (or all if `-list' is specified)
3085 `-nopublic' if the folder is read-only, `-public' otherwise
3089 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3090 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
3092 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3094 Use "pick sequence -list" to enumerate the messages in a sequence
3095 (such as for use by a shell script).
3097 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3107 MARK(1) -47- MARK(1)
3111 mhl - produce formatted listings of MH messages
3113 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3114 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl [-bell] [-nobell] [-clear] [-noclear]
3115 [-folder +folder] [-form formfile] [-length lines]
3116 [-width columns] [-moreproc program] [-nomoreproc] [files ...]
3119 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3121 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bl is a formatted message listing program. It can be used as a
3122 replacement for _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1) (the default _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc ). As with _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be,
3123 each of the messages specified as arguments (or the standard input)
3124 will be output. If more than one message file is specified, the
3125 user will be prompted prior to each one, and a <RETURN> or <EOT>
3126 will begin the output, with <RETURN> clearing the screen (if
3127 appropriate), and <EOT> (usually CTRL-D) suppressing the screen
3128 clear. An <INTERRUPT> (usually CTRL-C) will abort the current mes-
3129 sage output, prompting for the next message (if there is one), and
3130 a <QUIT> (usually CTRL-\) will terminate the program (without core
3133 The `-bell' option tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to ring the terminal's bell at the end
3134 of each page, while the `-clear' option tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to clear the
3135 scree at the end of each page (or output a formfeed after each mes-
3136 sage). Both of these switches (and their inverse counterparts)
3137 take effect only if the profile entry _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is defined but
3138 empty, and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl is outputting to a terminal. If the _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc entry
3139 is defined and non-empty, and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl is outputting to a terminal, then
3140 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl will cause the _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to be placed between the terminal and
3141 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl and the switches are ignored. Furthermore, if the `-clear'
3142 switch is used and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl'_
\bs output is directed to a terminal, then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl
3143 will consult the $TERM and $TERMCAP envariables to determine the
3144 user's terminal type in order to find out how to clear the screen.
3145 If the `-clear' switch is used and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl'_
\bs output is not directed to
3146 a terminal (e.g., a pipe or a file), then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl will send a formfeed
3149 To override the default _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc and the profile entry, use the
3150 `-moreproc program' switch. Note that _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl will never start a
3151 _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc if invoked on a hardcopy terminal.
3153 The `-length length' and `-width width' switches set the screen
3154 length and width, respectively. These default to the values indi-
3155 cated by $TERMCAP, if appropriate, otherwise they default to 40 and
3158 The default format file used by _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl is called _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl._
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (which is
3159 first searched for in the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory, and then sought in
3160 the /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bb_
\bs/_
\bm_
\bh-_
\b6._
\b8/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb directory), this can be changed by using the
3161 `-form formatfile' switch.
3163 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3176 Finally, the `-folder +folder' switch sets the _
\bM_
\bH folder name,
3177 which is used for the "messagename:" field described below. The
3178 envariable $mhfolder is consulted for the default value, which
3179 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, and _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv initialize appropriately.
3181 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bl operates in two phases: 1) read and parse the format file, and
3182 2) process each message (file). During phase 1, an internal
3183 description of the format is produced as a structured list. In
3184 phase 2, this list is walked for each message, outputting message
3185 information under the format constraints from the format file.
3187 The "mhl.format" form file contains information controlling screen
3188 clearing, screen size, wrap-around control, transparent text, com-
3189 ponent ordering, and component formatting. Also, a list of com-
3190 ponents to ignore may be specified, and a couple of "special" com-
3191 ponents are defined to provide added functionality. Message output
3192 will be in the order specified by the order in the format file.
3194 Each line of mhl.format has one of the formats:
3198 variable[,variable...]
3199 component:[variable,...]
3201 A line beginning with a `;' is a comment, and is ignored. A line
3202 beginning with a `:' is clear text, and is output exactly as is. A
3203 line containing only a `:' produces a blank line in the output. A
3204 line beginning with "component:" defines the format for the speci-
3205 fied component, and finally, remaining lines define the global
3208 For example, the line:
3210 width=80,length=40,clearscreen,overflowtext="***",overflowoffset=5
3212 defines the screen size to be 80 columns by 40 rows, specifies that
3213 the screen should be cleared prior to each page, that the overflow
3214 indentation is 5, and that overflow text should be flagged with
3217 Following are all of the current variables and their arguments. If
3218 they follow a component, they apply only to that component, other-
3219 wise, their affect is global. Since the whole format is parsed
3220 before any output processing, the last global switch setting for a
3221 variable applies to the whole message if that variable is used in a
3222 global context (i.e., bell, clearscreen, width, length).
3224 _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\bs
3225 width integer screen width or component width
3226 length integer screen length or component length
3227 offset integer positions to indent "component: "
3229 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3242 overflowtext string text to use at the beginning of an
3244 overflowoffset integer positions to indent overflow lines
3245 compwidth integer positions to indent component text
3246 after the first line is output
3247 uppercase flag output text of this component in all
3249 nouppercase flag don't uppercase
3250 clearscreen flag/G clear the screen prior to each page
3251 noclearscreen flag/G don't clearscreen
3252 bell flag/G ring the bell at the end of each page
3253 nobell flag/G don't bell
3254 component string/L name to use instead of "component" for
3256 nocomponent flag don't output "component: " for this
3258 center flag center component on line (works for
3259 one-line components only)
3260 nocenter flag don't center
3261 leftadjust flag strip off leading whitespace on each
3263 noleftadjust flag don't leftadjust
3264 compress flag change newlines in text to spaces
3265 nocompress flag don't compress
3266 split flag don't combine multiple fields into a single field
3267 nosplit flag combine multiple fields into a single field
3268 newline flag print newline at end of components (default)
3269 nonewline flag don't print newline at end of components
3270 formatfield string format string for this component (see below)
3271 addrfield flag field contains addresses
3272 datefield flag field contains dates
3274 To specify the value of integer-valued and string-valued variables,
3275 follow their name with an equals-sign and the value.
3276 Integer-valued variables are given decimal values, while
3277 string-valued variables are given arbitrary text bracketed by
3278 double-quotes. If a value is suffixed by "/G" or "/L", then its
3279 value is useful in a global-only or local-only context (respec-
3284 ignores=component,...
3286 specifies a list of components which are never output.
3288 The component "MessageName" (case-insensitive) will output the
3289 actual message name (file name) preceded by the folder name if one
3290 is specified or found in the environment. The format is identical
3291 to that produced by the `-header' option to _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw.
3293 The component "Extras" will output all of the components of the
3295 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3308 message which were not matched by explicit components, or included
3309 in the ignore list. If this component is not specified, an ignore
3310 list is not needed since all non-specified components will be
3313 If "nocomponent" is NOT specified, then the component name will be
3314 output as it appears in the format file.
3316 The default format is:
3318 : -- using template mhl.format --
3319 overflowtext="***",overflowoffset=5
3320 leftadjust,compwidth=9
3321 ignores=msgid,message-id,received
3322 Date:formatfield="%<(nodate{text})%{text}%|%(pretty{text})%>"
3331 body:nocomponent,overflowtext=,overflowoffset=0,noleftadjust
3333 The variable "formatfield" specifies a format string (see
3334 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5)). The flag variables "addrfield" and "datefield"
3335 (which are mutually exclusive), tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to interpret the escapes
3336 in the format string as either addresses or dates, respectively.
3338 By default, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl does not apply any formatting string to fields con-
3339 taining address or dates (see _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (5) for a list of these
3340 fields). Note that this results in faster operation since _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl must
3341 parse both addresses and dates in order to apply a format string to
3342 them. If desired, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl can be given a default format string for
3343 either address or date fields (but not both). To do this, on a
3344 global line specify: either the flag addrfield or datefield, along
3345 with the apropriate formatfield variable string.
3347 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3348 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl.format The message template
3349 or <mh-dir>/mhl.format Rather than the standard template
3350 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3353 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3354 moreproc: Program to use as interactive front-end
3357 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3358 show(1), ap(8), dp(8)
3361 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3374 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3381 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3386 There should be some way to pass `bell' and `clear' information to
3389 On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the BERK option, address
3390 parsing is not enabled.
3392 The "nonewline" option interacts badly with "compress" and "split".
3427 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3437 MHMAIL(1) -52- MHMAIL(1)
3441 mhmail - send or read mail
3443 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3444 mhmail [ addrs ... [-body text] [-cc addrs ...] [-from addr]
3445 [-subject subject]] [-help]
3447 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3449 _
\bM_
\bH_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl is intended as a replacement for the standard Bell mail pro-
3450 gram (_
\bb_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (1)), compatible with _
\bM_
\bH. When invoked without
3451 arguments, it simply invokes _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (1) to incorporate new messages
3452 from the user's maildrop. When one or more users is specified, a
3453 message is read from the standard input and spooled to a temporary
3454 file. _
\bM_
\bH_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl then invokes _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) with the name of the temporary
3455 file as its argument to deliver the message to the specified user.
3457 The `-subject subject' switch can be used to specify the "Subject:"
3458 field of the message. The `-body text' switch can be used to
3459 specify the text of the message; if it is specified, then the stan-
3460 dard input is not read. Normally, addresses appearing as arguments
3461 are put in the "To:" field. If the `-cc' switch is used, all
3462 addresses following it are placed in the "cc:" field.
3464 By using `-from addr', you can specify the "From:" header of the
3465 draft. Naturally, _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt will fill-in the "Sender:" header
3468 This program is intended for the use of programs such as _
\ba_
\bt (1),
3469 which expect to send mail automatically to various users. Nor-
3470 mally, real people (as opposed to the "unreal" ones) will prefer to
3471 use _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) and _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) to send messages.
3473 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3474 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/inc Program to incorporate a maildrop into a folder
3475 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/post Program to deliver a message
3476 /tmp/mhmail* Temporary copy of message
3479 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3483 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3487 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3493 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3503 MHMAIL(1) -53- MHMAIL(1)
3506 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3507 If _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc is invoked, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc's context changes occur.
3559 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3573 mhn - multi-media MH
3575 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3576 mhn [+folder] [msgs] [-part number]... [-type content]...
3577 [-list [-headers] [-noheaders]
3578 [-realsize] [-norealsize]] [-nolist]
3579 [-show [-serialonly] [-noserialonly]]
3580 [-form formfile]] [-noshow]
3581 [-store [-auto] [-noauto]] [-nostore]
3582 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-rfc934mode] [-norfc934mode]
3583 [-ebcdicsafe] [-noebcdicsafe]
3586 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3588 The _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn command manipulates multi-media messages as specified in
3591 Three action switches direct the operation of _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn, namely `-list',
3592 `-show', and `-store'. Any of these switches may be used con-
3593 currently. Normally these action switches will operate on the con-
3594 tent of each of the named messages. However, by using the `-part'
3595 and `-type' switches, the scope of the operation can be focused on
3596 particular subparts (of a multipart content) and/or particular con-
3599 A part specification consists of a series of numbers separated by
3600 dots. For example, in a multipart content containing three parts,
3601 these would be named as 1, 2, and 3, respectively. If part 2 was
3602 also a multipart content containing two parts, these would be named
3603 as 2.1 and 2.2, respectively. Note that the `-part' switch is
3604 effective for only messages containing a multipart content. If a
3605 message has some other kind of content, or if the part is itself
3606 another multipart content, the `-part' switch will not prevent the
3607 content from being acted upon.
3609 A content specification consists of a content type and a subtype.
3610 The initial list of "standard" content types and subtypes can be
3625 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3638 found in RFC 1341. A list of commonly used contents is briefly
3643 text plain, richtext
3644 multipart mixed, alternative, digest, parallel
3645 message rfc822, partial, external-body
3646 application octet-stream, oda, postscript
3647 image jpeg, gif, x-pbm, x-pgm, x-ppm, x-xwd
3651 Subtypes are mandatory. To specify a content, regardless of its
3652 subtype, just use the name of the content, e.g., "audio". To
3653 specify a specific subtype, separate the two with a slash, e.g.,
3654 "audio/basic". Note that regardless of the values given to the
3655 `-type' switch, a multipart content is always acted upon. Further
3656 note that if the `-type' switch is used, and it is desirable to act
3657 on a message/external-body content, then the `-type' switch must be
3658 used twice: once for message/external-body and once for the content
3659 externally referenced.
3662 _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3664 The `-list' switch tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn to list the table of contents associ-
3665 ated with the named messages. The `-headers' switch indicates that
3666 a one-line banner should be displayed above the listing. The
3667 `-realsize' switch tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn to evaluate the "native" (decoded)
3668 format of each content prior to listing. This provides an accurate
3669 count at the expense of a small delay.
3672 _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3674 The `-show' switch tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn to display the contents of the named
3675 messages. The headers of the message are displayed with the
3676 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, using format file _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl._
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs. (The choice of format file
3677 can be overridden by the `-form formfile' switch.)
3679 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for information in the user's profile to determine
3680 how the different contents should be displayed. This is accom-
3681 plished by consulting a display string, and executing it under
3691 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3704 /bin/sh, with the standard input set to the content. The display
3705 string may contain these escapes:
3707 %a additional arguments
3708 %e exclusive execution
3709 %f filename containing content
3710 %F %e, %f, and stdin is terminal not content
3711 %l display listing prior to displaying content
3712 %p %l, and ask for confirmation
3715 For those display strings containing the e- or F-escape, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will
3716 execute at most one of these at any given time. Although the F-
3717 escape expands to be the filename containing the content, the e-
3718 escape has no expansion as far as the shell is concerned.
3720 When the p-escape prompts for confirmation, typing INTR (usually
3721 control-C) will tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn not to display that content. Further,
3722 when _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn is display a content, typing QUIT (usually control-\) will
3723 tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn to wrap things up immediately.
3725 First, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for an entry of the form:
3727 mhn-show-<type>/<subtype>
3729 to determine the command to use to display the content. If this
3730 isn't found, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for an entry of the form:
3734 to determine the display command. If this isn't found, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn has two
3737 mhn-show-text/plain: %pmoreproc '%F'
3738 mhn-show-message/rfc822: %pshow -file '%F'
3740 If neither apply, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will check to see if the message has a
3741 application/octet-stream content with parameter "type=tar". If so,
3742 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will use an appropriate command. If not, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will complain.
3744 Example entries might be:
3746 mhn-show-audio/basic: raw2audio 2>/dev/null | play
3747 mhn-show-image: xv '%f'
3748 mhn-show-application/PostScript: lpr -Pps
3750 Note that when using the f- or F-escape, it's a good idea to use
3751 single-quotes around the escape. This prevents misinterpretation
3752 by the shell of any funny characters that might be present in the
3755 Because the text content might be in a non-ASCII character set,
3757 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3770 when _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn encounters a "charset" parameter for this content, it
3771 checks to see whether the environment variable $MM_CHARSET is set
3772 and whether the value of this environment variable is equal to the
3773 value of the charset parameter. If not, then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for an
3776 mhn-charset-<charset>
3778 which should contain a command creating an environment to render
3779 the character set. This command string should containing a single
3780 "%s", which will be filled-in with the command to display the con-
3783 An example entry might be:
3785 mhn-charset-iso-8859-1: xterm -fn '-*-*-medium-r-normal-*-*-
3786 120-*-*-c-*-iso8859-*' -e %s
3788 Note that many pagination programs strip off the high-order bit.
3789 However, newer releases of the _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs program have modest support for
3790 single-octet character sets. The source to _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs version 177, which
3791 has such support, is found in the MH source tree under
3792 miscellany/less-177. In order to view messages sent in the ISO
3793 8859/1 character set using _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, put these lines in your .login
3796 setenv LESSCHARSET latin1
3799 The first line tells _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs to use 8859/1 definition for determing
3800 whether a character is "normal", "control", or "binary". The
3801 second line tells _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs not to warn you if it encounters a file that
3802 has non-ASCII characters. Then, simply set the moreproc profile
3803 entry to _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, and it will get called automatically. (To handle
3804 other single-octet character sets, look at the _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs (1) manual
3805 entry for information about the LESSCHARDEF environment variable.)
3807 Finally, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will process each message serially -- it won't start
3808 showing the next message until all the commands executed to display
3809 the current message have terminated. In the case of a multipart
3810 content, the content contains advice indicating if the parts should
3811 be displayed serially or in parallel. Because this may cause con-
3812 fusion, particularly on uni-window displays, the `-serialonly'
3813 switch can be given to tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn to never display parts in parallel.
3816 _
\bS_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3818 The `-store' switch tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn to store the contents of the named
3819 messages in "native" (decoded) format. Two things must be deter-
3820 mined: the directory to store the content, and the filenames.
3821 Files are written in the directory given by the mhn-storage profile
3823 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3840 If this entry isn't present, the current working directory is used.
3842 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for information in the user's profile to determine
3843 how the different contents should be stored. This is achieved
3844 through the use of a formatting string, which may contain these
3852 If the content isn't part of a multipart content, the p-escapes are
3853 ignored. Note that if the formatting string starts with a "+"
3854 character, then these escapes are ignored, and the content is
3855 stored in the named folder. (A formatting string consisting solely
3856 of a "+" character indicates the current folder.) Further, a for-
3857 matting string consisting solely of a "-" character indicates the
3860 First, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for an entry of the form:
3862 mhn-store-<type>/<subtype>
3864 to determine the formatting string. If this isn't found, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will
3865 look for an entry of the form:
3869 to determine the formatting string. If this isn't found, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will
3870 check to see if the content is application/octet-stream with param-
3871 eter "type=tar". If so, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will choose an appropriate filename.
3872 If the content is not application/octet-stream, then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will check
3873 to see if the content is a message. If so, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will use the value
3874 "+". If not, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will use the value "%m%P.%s".
3876 Note that if the formatting string starts with a '/', then content
3877 will be stored in the full path given (rather than using the value
3878 of mhn-storage or the current working directory.) Similarly, if the
3879 formatting string starts with a '|', then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will execute a com-
3880 mand which should ultimately store the content. Note that before
3881 executing the command, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will change to the appropriate direc-
3882 tory. Also note that if the formatting string starts with a '|',
3883 then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will also honor the a-escape when processing the format-
3889 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3902 Example entries might be:
3904 mhn-store-text: %m%P.txt
3905 mhn-store-audio/basic: | raw2audio -e ulaw -s 8000 -c 1 > %m%P.au
3906 mhn-store-application/PostScript: %m%P.ps
3908 Further, note that when asked to store a content containing a par-
3909 tial message, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will try to locate all of the portions and com-
3910 bine them accordingly. Thus, if someone's sent you a message in
3911 several parts, you might put them all in their own folder and do:
3915 This will store exactly one message, containing the sum of the
3916 parts. Note that if _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn can not locate each part, it will not
3919 Finally, if the `-auto' switch is given and the content contains
3920 information indicating the filename the content should be stored as
3921 (and if the filename doesn't begin with a '/'), then the filename
3922 from the content will be used instead.
3925 _
\bE_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bA_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
3927 For contents of type message/external-body, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn supports these
3936 If your system supports a SOCKETs interface to TCP/IP, then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn
3937 will use a built-in FTP client. Otherwise, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for the
3938 mhn-access-ftp profile entry, e.g.,
3940 mhn-access-ftp: myftp.sh
3942 to determine the pathname of a program to perform the FTP
3955 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3968 retrieval. This program is invoked with these arguments:
3970 domain name of FTP-site
3978 The program should terminate with a zero-valued exit-status if the
3979 retrieval is success.
3982 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bC_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be
3984 When _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn encounters an external content containing a "Content-ID:"
3985 field, and if the content allows caching, then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn looks for the
3986 profile entry mhn-cache to determine if the content should be read
3987 from/written to a cache. Any content written to the cache will, by
3988 default, be world-readable. (To prevent this, use a directory name
3989 with the desired read and execute permissions.) The mhn-cache pro-
3990 file entry names the directory used for caching, e.g.,
3994 might be used if you didn't care that the cache got wiped after
3995 each reboot of the system.
3998 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4000 The _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn program can also be used as a simple editor to aid in com-
4001 posing multi-media messages. When invoked by a _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program,
4002 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will expect the body of the draft to be formatted as an "_
\bm_
\bh_
\bn
4021 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4034 The syntax of this is straight-forward:
4036 body ::= 1*(content | EOL)
4038 content ::= directive | plaintext
4040 directive ::= "#" type "/" subtype
4041 0*(";" attribute "=" value)
4043 [ "[" description "]" ]
4047 | "#@" type "/" subtype
4048 0*(";" attribute "=" value)
4050 [ "[" description "]" ]
4055 [ "[" description "]" ]
4056 [ "+"folder ] [ 0*msg ]
4060 [ "[" description "]" ]
4067 plaintext ::= [ "Content-Description:"
4068 description EOL EOL ]
4072 | "#<" type "/" subtype
4073 0*(";" attribute "=" value)
4075 [ "[" description "]" ]
4080 line ::= "##" text EOL
4081 -- interpreted as "#"text EOL
4084 Basically, the body contains one or more contents. A content con-
4085 sists of either a directive, indicated with a "#" as the first
4087 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4100 character of a line; or, plaintext (one or more lines of text).
4101 The continuation character, "\", may be used to enter a single
4102 directive on more than one line, e.g.,
4104 #@application/octet-stream; \
4106 conversions=x-compress
4108 There are four kinds of directives: "type" directives, which name
4109 the type and subtype of the content; "external-type" directives,
4110 which also name the type and subtype of the content; the "forw"
4111 directive, which is used to forward a digest of messages; and, the
4112 "begin" directive, which is used to create a multipart content.
4114 For the type directives, the user may optionally specify the name
4115 of a file containing the contents in "native" (decoded) format.
4116 (If the filename starts with the "|" character, then this gives a
4117 command whose output is captured accordingly.) If a filename is not
4118 given, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for information in the user's profile to
4119 determine how the different contents should be composed. This is
4120 accomplished by consulting a composition string, and executing it
4121 under /bin/sh, with the standard output set to the content. The
4122 composition string may contain these escapes:
4124 %a additional arguments
4125 %f filename containing content
4126 %F %f, and stdout is not re-directed
4129 First, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for an entry of the form:
4131 mhn-compose-<type>/<subtype>
4133 to determine the command to use to compose the content. If this
4134 isn't found, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for an entry of the form:
4138 to determine the composition command. If this isn't found, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn
4141 An example entry might be:
4143 mhn-compose-audio/basic: record | raw2audio -F
4145 Because commands like these will vary, depending on the display
4146 environment used for login, composition strings for different con-
4147 tents should probably be put in the file specified by the $MHN
4148 environment variable, instead of directly in your user profile.
4150 The external-type directives are used to provide a reference to a
4151 content, rather than enclosing the contents itself. Hence, instead
4153 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4166 of providing a filename as with the type directives, external-
4167 parameters are supplied. These look like regular parameters, so
4168 they must be separated accordingly, e.g.,
4170 #@application/octet-stream; \
4172 conversions=x-compress [] \
4173 access-type=anon-ftp; \
4174 name="mh-mime.tar.Z"; \
4175 directory="mrose/mh-mime"; \
4176 site="ftp.ics.uci.edu"
4178 By specifying "[]", an empty description string is given, and the
4179 start of the external-parameters is identified. These parameters
4182 access-type= usually _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bn-_
\bf_
\bt_
\bp or _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl-_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\be_
\br
4184 directory= directoryname (optional)
4186 mode= usually _
\ba_
\bs_
\bc_
\bi_
\bi or _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (optional)
4188 body= command to send for retrieval
4191 For the forw directive, the user may optionally specify the name of
4192 the folder and which messages are to be forwarded. if a folder is
4193 not given, it defaults to the current folder. Similarly, if a mes-
4194 sage is not given, it defaults to the current message. Hence, the
4195 forw directive is similar to the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw (1) command, except that the
4196 former uses the MIME rules for encapsulation rather than those
4197 specified in RFC 934. Usage of the `-rfc934mode' switch indicates
4198 whether _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn should attempt to utilize the encapsulation rules in
4199 such a way as to appear that RFC 934 is being used. If given, then
4200 RFC 934-compliant user-agents should be able to burst the message
4201 on reception -- providing that the messages being encapsulated do
4202 not contain encapsulated messages themselves. The drawback of this
4203 approach is that the encapsulations are generated by placing an
4204 extra newline at the end of the body of each message.
4206 For the begin directive, the user must specify at least one content
4207 between the begin and end pairs.
4209 For all of these directives, the user may include a brief descrip-
4210 tion of the content between the "[" character and the "]" charac-
4219 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4232 ter. Putting this all together, here is a brief example of what a
4233 user's components file might look like:
4239 #audio/basic [Flint phone] \
4240 |raw2audio -F < /home/mrose/lib/multi-media/flint.au
4241 #image/gif [MTR's photo] \
4242 /home/mrose/lib/multi-media/mrose.gif
4244 For a later example, we'll call this components file _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bs.
4246 As noted earlier, in addition to directives, plaintext can be
4247 present. Plaintext is gathered, until a directive is found or the
4248 draft is exhausted, and this is made to form a text content. If
4249 the plaintext must contain a "#" at the beginning of a line, simply
4252 ##when sent, this line will start with only one #
4254 If you want to end the plaintext prior to a directive, e.g., to
4255 have two plaintext contents adjacent, simply insert a line contain-
4256 ing a single "#" character, e.g.,
4258 this is the first content
4260 and this is the second
4262 Finally, if the plaintext starts with a line of the form:
4264 Content-Description: text
4266 then this will be used to describe the plaintext content. NOTE
4267 WELL: you must follow this line with a blank line before starting
4270 By default, plaintext is captured as a text/plain content. You can
4271 override this by starting the plaintext with "#<" followed by a
4272 content-type specification, e.g.,
4275 this content will be tagged as text/richtext
4277 and this content will be tagged as text/plain
4279 Note that if you use the "#<" plaintext-form, then the content-
4280 description must be on the same line which identifies the content
4281 type of the plaintext.
4283 If _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn is successful, it renames the original draft to start with
4285 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4298 the "," character and end with the string ".orig", e.g., if you are
4299 editing the file "draft", it will be renamed to ",draft.orig".
4300 This allows you to easily recover the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn composition file.
4303 _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
4305 Note that MH will not invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn automatically, unless you add this
4306 line to your .mh_profile file:
4310 Otherwise, you must specifically give the command
4314 prior to sending the draft.
4316 You can easily tailor MH to help you remember to do this. Suppose
4317 you have these lines in your profile:
4319 mcomp: -editor mprompter -form mhncomps
4320 mprompter: -noprepend -norapid
4323 where _
\bm_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is a link to _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1), and _
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br is a link to
4324 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br (1). Then to send a message using the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bs components
4351 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4364 file above, the sequence is:
4369 Subject: multi-media message
4371 #audio/basic [Flint phone] \
4372 |raw2audio -F < /home/mrose/lib/multi-media/flint.au
4373 #image/gif [MTR's photo] \
4374 /home/mrose/lib/multi-media/mrose.gif
4376 --------Enter additional text
4378 This message contains three contents.
4382 What now? edit (this invokes _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn)
4386 You have to remember to type the additional edit command, but it
4387 should be fairly obvious from the interaction.
4389 Finally, you should consider adding this line to your profile:
4393 This way, if you decide to list after invoking _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn as your editor,
4398 will work as you expect.
4401 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
4403 When you want to send a bunch of files to someone, you can run the
4404 _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl shell script, which is similar the tarmail command:
4406 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/viamail mailpath "subject" files ...
4408 _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl will archive the directories/files you name with _
\bt_
\ba_
\br (1),
4409 and then mail the compressed archive to the `mailpath' with the
4410 given `subject'. The archive will be automatically split up into
4411 as many messages as necessary in order to get past most mailers.
4413 Sometimes you want _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl to pause after posting a partial mes-
4414 sage. This is usually the case when you are running _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl and
4415 expect to generate a lot of partial messages. If the first
4417 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4430 argument given to _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl starts with a dash, then it is inter-
4431 preted as the number of seconds to pause in between postings, e.g.,
4433 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/viamail -300 mailpath "subject" files ...
4435 will pause 5 minutes in between each posting.
4437 When these messages are received, invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn once, with the list of
4438 messages, and the `-store' command. The _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn program will then
4439 store exactly one message containing the archive. You can then use
4440 `-show' to find out what's inside; possibly followed by `-store'
4441 to write the archive to a file where you can subsequently
4442 uncompress and untar it, e.g.,
4445 msg part type/subtype size description
4446 1 message/partial 47K part 1 of 4
4447 2 message/partial 47K part 2 of 4
4448 3 message/partial 47K part 3 of 4
4449 4 message/partial 18K part 4 of 4
4451 % mhn -list -verbose last
4452 msg part type/subtype size description
4453 5 application/octet-stream 118K
4454 (extract with uncompress | tar xvpf -)
4456 conversions=x-compress
4458 msg part type/subtype size description
4459 5 application/octet-stream 118K
4460 -- headers of message, followed by _
\bt_
\ba_
\br listing appears here
4462 % uncompress < 5.tar.Z | tar xvpf -
4464 Alternately, by using the `-auto' switch, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will automatically do
4483 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4496 the extraction for you, e.g.,
4499 msg part type/subtype size description
4500 1 message/partial 47K part 1 of 4
4501 2 message/partial 47K part 2 of 4
4502 3 message/partial 47K part 3 of 4
4503 4 message/partial 18K part 4 of 4
4505 % mhn -list -verbose last
4506 msg part type/subtype size description
4507 5 application/octet-stream 118K
4508 (extract with uncompress | tar xvpf -)
4510 conversions=x-compress
4512 msg part type/subtype size description
4513 5 application/octet-stream 118K
4514 -- headers of message, followed by _
\bt_
\ba_
\br listing appears here
4515 % mhn -store -auto last
4516 -- _
\bt_
\ba_
\br listing appears here as files are extracted
4518 As the second _
\bt_
\ba_
\br listing is generated, the files are extracted. A
4519 prudent user will never put `-auto' in the .mh_profile file. The
4520 correct procedure is to first use `-show', to find out what will be
4521 extracted. Then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn can be invoked with `-store' and `-auto' to
4522 perform the extraction.
4525 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bE_
\bn_
\bv_
\bi_
\br_
\bo_
\bn_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
4527 Because the display environment in which _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn operates may vary for
4528 a user, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will look for the environment variable $MHN. If
4529 present, this specifies the name of an additional user profile
4530 which should be read. Hence, when a user logs in on a particular
4531 display device, this environment variable should be set to refer to
4532 a file containing definitions useful for the display device. Nor-
4533 mally, only entries of the form
4535 mhn-show-<type>/<subtype>
4538 need be present. Finally, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn will attempt to consult one other
4539 additional user profile, e.g.,
4541 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhn_defaults
4543 which is created automatically during MH installation.
4549 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4562 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4563 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4564 $MHN Additional profile entries
4565 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhn_defaults System-default profile entries
4566 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl.headers The headers template
4569 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4570 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4571 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
4572 mhlproc: Default program to display message headers
4573 mhn-access-ftp: Program to retrieve contents via FTP
4574 mhn-cache Directory to store cached external contents
4575 mhn-charset-<charset>Template for environment to render character
4577 mhn-compose-<type>* Template for composing contents
4578 mhn-show-<type>* Template for displaying contents
4579 mhn-storage Directory to store contents
4580 mhn-store-<type>* Template for storing contents
4581 moreproc: Default program to display text/plain content
4584 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4586 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE: _
\bM_
\be_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bs_
\bm_
\bs _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br-
4587 _
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bB_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\be_
\bs (RFC 1341),
4588 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (RFC 934).
4591 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4592 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
4604 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4605 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The last
4606 message selected will become the current message.
4610 Partial messages contained within a multipart content are not
4611 reassembled with the `-store' switch.
4615 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4625 MHOOK(1) -70- MHOOK(1)
4629 mhook, rcvdist, rcvpack, rcvtty - MH receive-mail hooks
4631 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4632 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/rcvdist [-form formfile] [switches for _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc]
4635 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/rcvpack file [-help]
4637 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/rcvtty [command] [-form formatfile]
4638 [-format string] [-bell] [-nobell] [-newline] [-nonewline]
4641 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4643 A receive-mail hook is a program that is run whenever you receive a
4644 mail message. You do NOT invoke the hook yourself, rather the hook
4645 is invoked on your behalf by your system's Message Transport Agent.
4646 See _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl (1) for details on how to activate receive-mail hooks on
4649 Four programs are currently available as part of _
\bM_
\bH, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt
4650 (redistribute incoming messages to additional recipients), _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk
4651 (save incoming messages in a _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf'd file), and _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by (notify user
4652 of incoming messages). The fourth program, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1) is
4653 described separately. They all reside in the /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bb_
\bs/_
\bm_
\bh-_
\b6._
\b8/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/
4656 The _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt program will resend a copy of the message to all of the
4657 addresses listed on its command line. It uses the format string
4658 facility described in _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5).
4660 The _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk program will append a copy of the message to the file
4661 listed on its command line. Its use is obsoleted by the "file"
4662 action of _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl.
4664 The _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by program executes the named file with the message as its
4665 standard input, and writes the resulting output on your terminal.
4667 If no file is specified, or is bogus, etc., then _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by will
4668 instead write a one-line scan listing. Either the
4669 `-form formatfile' or `-format string' option may be used to over-
4670 ride the default output format (see _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5)). A newline is
4671 output before the message output, and the terminal bell is rung
4672 after the output. The `-nonewline' and `-nobell' options will
4673 inhibit these functions.
4675 In addition to the standard _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) escapes, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by also
4676 recognizes the following additional _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escapes:
4681 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4691 MHOOK(1) -71- MHOOK(1)
4694 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
4695 body string the (compressed) first part of the body
4696 dtimenow date the current date
4697 folder string the name of the current folder
4699 Normally, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by obeys write permission as granted by _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bg (1).
4700 With the `-biff' option, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by will obey the notification status
4701 set by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bf_
\bf (1) instead. If the terminal access daemon (TTYD) is
4702 available on your system, then _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by will give its output to the
4703 daemon for output instead of writing on the user's terminal.
4705 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4706 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
4707 $HOME/.maildelivery The file controlling local delivery
4708 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/maildelivery Rather than the standard file
4711 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4712 rcvstore (1), mh-format(5), slocal(1)
4716 Only two return codes are meaningful, others should be.
4747 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4757 MHPARAM(1) -72- MHPARAM(1)
4761 mhparam - print MH profile components
4763 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4764 mhparam [components] [-all] [-component] [-nocomponent] [-help]
4766 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4768 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm writes the value of the specified profile component to the
4769 standard output separated by newlines. If the profile component is
4770 not present, the default value (or nothing if there is no default)
4773 If more than one component is specified in the `components' list,
4774 the component value is preceded by the component name. If `-com-
4775 ponent' is specified, the component name is displayed even when
4776 only one component is specified. If `-nocomponent' is specified,
4777 the component name is not displayed even when more than one com-
4778 ponent is specified.
4780 If `-all' is specified, all components if the MH profile are
4781 displayed and other arguments are ignored.
4789 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl
4791 % mhparam -component path
4794 % mhparam AliasFile rmmproc
4798 % mhparam -nocomponent AliasFile rmmproc
4802 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm is also useful in back-quoted operations:
4804 % fgrep cornell.edu `mhpath +`/`mhparam aliasfile`
4807 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4808 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4813 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4823 MHPARAM(1) -73- MHPARAM(1)
4826 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4830 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4831 `-nocomponent' if only one component is specified
4832 `-component' if more than one component is specified
4833 `components' defaults to none
4836 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4879 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4889 MHPATH(1) -74- MHPATH(1)
4893 mhpath - print full pathnames of MH messages and folders
4895 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4896 mhpath [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
4898 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4900 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh expands and sorts the message list `msgs' and writes the
4901 full pathnames of the messages to the standard output separated by
4902 newlines. If no `msgs' are specified, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh outputs the folder
4903 pathname instead. If the only argument is `+', your MH _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh is
4904 output; this can be useful is shell scripts.
4906 Contrasted with other MH commands, a message argument to _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh may
4907 often be intended for _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. Because of this:
4909 1) the name "new" has been added to _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh's list of reserved mes-
4910 sage names (the others are "first", "last", "prev", "next", "cur",
4911 and "all"). The new message is equivalent to the message after the
4912 last message in a folder (and equivalent to 1 in a folder without
4913 messages). The "new" message may not be used as part of a message
4916 2) Within a message list, the following designations may refer to
4917 messages that do not exist: a single numeric message name, the sin-
4918 gle message name "cur", and (obviously) the single message name
4919 "new". All other message designations must refer to at least one
4922 3) An empty folder is not in itself an error.
4924 Message numbers greater than the highest existing message in a
4925 folder as part of a range designation are replaced with the next
4926 free message number.
4928 Examples: The current folder foo contains messages 3 5 6. Cur is
4945 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4955 MHPATH(1) -75- MHPATH(1)
4969 bad message list "last-new".
4975 no messages in range "1-2".
4985 _
\bM_
\bH_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh is also useful in back-quoted operations:
4987 % cd `mhpath +inbox`
4992 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4993 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4996 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4997 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4998 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5001 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5005 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5006 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5007 `msgs' defaults to none
5011 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5021 MHPATH(1) -76- MHPATH(1)
5024 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5029 Like all MH commands, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh expands and sorts [msgs]. So don't
5034 to move 501 to 500. Quite the reverse. But
5036 mv `mhpath 501` `mhpath 500`
5040 Out of range message 0 is treated far more severely than large out
5041 of range message numbers.
5077 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5087 MSGCHK(1) -77- MSGCHK(1)
5091 msgchk - check for messages
5093 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5094 msgchk [-date] [-nodate] [-notify all/mail/nomail]
5095 [-nonotify all/mail/nomail] [-host host] [-user user] [-apop]
5096 [-noapop] [-rpop] [-norpop] [users ...] [-help]
5098 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5100 The _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk program checks all known mail drops for mail waiting for
5101 you. For those drops which have mail for you, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk will indicate
5102 if it believes that you have seen the mail in question before.
5104 The `-notify type' switch indicates under what circumstances _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
5105 should produce a message. The default is `-notify all' which says
5106 that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk should always report the status of the users maildrop.
5107 Other values for `type' include `mail' which says that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
5108 should report the status of waiting mail; and, `nomail' which says
5109 that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk should report the status of empty maildrops. The
5110 `-nonotify type' switch has the inverted sense, so `-nonotify all'
5111 directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk to never report the status of maildrops. This is
5112 useful if the user wishes to check _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk's exit status. A
5113 non-zero exit status indicates that mail was not waiting for at
5114 least one of the indicated users.
5116 If _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk produces output, then the `-date' switch directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
5117 to print out the last date mail was read, if this can be deter-
5120 If the local host is configured as a POP client, or if the
5121 `-host host' switch is given, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk will query the POP service
5122 host as to the status of mail waiting. If the `-user user' switch
5123 is not given, then the current username is used. Normally, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
5124 will prompt for a password to use. However, if the `-apop' switch
5125 is given, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk will generate authentication credentials to pro-
5126 vide for origin authentication and replay protection, but which do
5127 not involve sending a password in the clear over the network. Oth-
5128 erwise, if the `-rpop' switch is given, then _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk will try to use
5129 a "trusted" connection (ala the BSD r-commands).
5131 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5132 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5133 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
5134 /usr/spool/mail/$USER Location of mail drop
5137 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5143 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5153 MSGCHK(1) -78- MSGCHK(1)
5156 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5157 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt _
\bO_
\bf_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bt_
\bo_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl - _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b3 (aka RFC-1081),
5161 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5162 `user' defaults to the current user
5168 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5209 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5223 msh - MH shell (and BBoard reader)
5225 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5226 msh [-prompt string] [-scan] [-noscan] [-topcur] [-notopcur] [file]
5229 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5231 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is an interactive program that implements a subset of the nor-
5232 mal _
\bM_
\bH commands operating on a single file in _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf'd format. That
5233 is, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is used to read a file that contains a number of messages,
5234 as opposed to the standard _
\bM_
\bH style of reading a number of files,
5235 each file being a separate message in a folder. _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh's chief advan-
5236 tage is that the normal _
\bM_
\bH style does not allow a file to have more
5237 than one message in it. Hence, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is ideal for reading _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs,
5238 as these files are delivered by the transport system in this for-
5239 mat. In addition, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh can be used on other files, such as message
5240 archives which have been _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bked (see _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf (1)). Finally, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is
5241 an excellent _
\bM_
\bH tutor. As the only commands available to the user
5242 are _
\bM_
\bH commands, this allows _
\bM_
\bH beginners to concentrate on how
5243 commands to _
\bM_
\bH are formed and (more or less) what they mean.
5245 When invoked, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh reads the named file, and enters a command loop.
5246 The user may type most of the normal _
\bM_
\bH commands. The syntax and
5247 semantics of these commands typed to _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh are identical to their _
\bM_
\bH
5248 counterparts. In cases where the nature of _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh would be incon-
5249 sistent (e.g., specifying a `+folder' with some commands), _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh will
5250 duly inform the user. The commands that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh currently supports (in
5251 some slightly modified or restricted forms) are:
5275 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5292 In addition, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh has a "help" command which gives a brief overview.
5293 To terminate _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh, type CTRL-D, or use the "quit" command. If _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh
5294 is being invoked from _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, then typing CTRL-D will also tell _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to
5295 exit as well, while using the "quit" command will return control to
5296 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, and _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will continue examining the list of BBoards that it is
5299 If the file is writable and has been modified, then using "quit"
5300 will query the user if the file should be updated.
5302 The `-prompt string' switch sets the prompting string for _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh.
5304 You may wish to use an alternate _
\bM_
\bH profile for the commands that
5305 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh executes; see _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (5) for details about the $MH envari-
5308 When invoked from _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, two special features are enabled: First, the
5309 `-scan' switch directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to do a `scan unseen' on start-up if new
5310 items are present in the BBoard. This feature is best used from
5311 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, which correctly sets the stage. Second, the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command in
5312 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh acts specially when you are reading a BBoard, since _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh will
5313 consult the sequence "unseen" in determining what messages you have
5314 actually read. When _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh exits, it reports this information to _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc.
5315 In addition, if you give the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command with no arguments, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh
5316 will interpret it as `mark -sequence unseen -delete -nozero all'
5317 Hence, to discard all of the messages in the current BBoard you're
5318 reading, just use the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command with no arguments.
5320 Normally, the "exit" command is identical to the "quit" command in
5321 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh. When run under _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc however, "exit" directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to mark all
5322 messages as seen and then "quit". For speedy type-in, this command
5323 is often abbreviated as just "e".
5325 When invoked from _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh, another special feature is enabled: The
5326 `topcur' switch directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to have the current message "track" the
5327 top line of the _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh scan window. Normally, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh has the current
5328 message "track" the center of the window (under `-notopcur', which
5331 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh supports an output redirection facility. Commands may be fol-
5334 > _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be write output to _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
5335 >> _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be append output to _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
5336 | _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd pipe output to UNIX _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5338 If _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be starts with a `~' (tilde), then a _
\bc_
\bs_
\bh-like expansion takes
5339 place. Note that _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is interpreted by _
\bs_
\bh (1). Also note that
5341 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5354 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh does NOT support history substitutions, variable substitutions,
5355 or alias substitutions.
5357 When parsing commands to the left of any redirection symbol, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh
5358 will honor `\' (back-slash) as the quote next-character symbol, and
5359 `"' (double-quote) as quote-word delimiters. All other input
5360 tokens are separated by whitespace (spaces and tabs).
5362 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5363 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5364 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
5367 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5368 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5369 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new `file'
5370 fileproc: Program to file messages
5371 showproc: Program to show messages
5374 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5378 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5379 `file' defaults to "./msgbox"
5385 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5407 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5421 The argument to the `-prompt' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
5422 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh. Therefore, one must usu-
5423 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
5425 There is a strict limit of messages per file in _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf'd format
5426 which _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh can handle. Usually, this limit is 1000 messages.
5428 Please remember that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is not the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl, and that a lot of the
5429 nice facilities provided by the latter are not present in the form-
5432 In particular, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh does not understand back-quoting, so the only
5433 effective way to use _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk inside _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is to always use the
5434 `-seq select' switch. Clever users of _
\bM_
\bH will put the line
5436 pick: -seq select -list
5438 in their .mh_profile file so that _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk works equally well from both
5439 the shell and _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh.
5441 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm always uses "-noverbose" and if "-textfield field" is used,
5444 The _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh program inherits most (if not all) of the bugs from the _
\bM_
\bH
5445 commands it implements.
5473 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5483 NEXT(1) -83- NEXT(1)
5487 next - show the next message
5489 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5490 next [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
5491 [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
5493 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5495 _
\bN_
\be_
\bx_
\bt performs a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw on the next message in the specified (or
5496 current) folder. Like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, it passes any switches on to the pro-
5497 gram _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, which is called to list the message. This command
5498 is almost exactly equivalent to "show next". Consult the manual
5499 entry for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (1) for all the details.
5501 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5502 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5505 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5506 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5507 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5508 showproc: Program to show the message
5511 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5515 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5516 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5520 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5521 If a folder is specified, it will become the current folder. The
5522 message that is shown (i.e., the next message in sequence) will be-
5523 come the current message.
5527 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt is really a link to the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw program. As a result, if you
5528 make a link to _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt and that link is not called _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, your link
5529 will act like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw instead. To circumvent this, add a
5530 profile-entry for the link to your _
\bM_
\bH profile and add the argument
5531 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt to the entry.
5539 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5549 PACKF(1) -84- PACKF(1)
5553 packf - compress an MH folder into a single file
5555 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5556 packf [+folder] [msgs] [-file name] [-help]
5558 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5560 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf takes messages from a folder and copies them to a single
5561 file. Each message in the file is separated by four CTRL-A's and a
5562 newline (identical to the way messages are stored in your receiving
5563 mail drop). Messages packed can be unpacked using _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc.
5565 If the _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be given to the `-file name' switch exists, then the mes-
5566 sages specified will be appended to the end of the file, otherwise
5567 the file will be created and the messages appended.
5569 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5570 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5571 .msgbox.map A binary index of the file
5574 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5575 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5576 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5577 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new `file'
5580 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5584 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5585 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5586 `msgs' defaults to all
5590 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5591 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The first
5592 message packed will become the current message.
5596 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf doesn't handle the old UUCP-style "mbox" format (used by
5597 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl). To pack messages into this format, use the script
5598 /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bb_
\bs/_
\bm_
\bh-_
\b6._
\b8/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx. Note that _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx does not take the
5599 `-file' option of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf, and instead writes its output on _
\bs_
\bt_
\bd_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt.
5605 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5615 PICK(1) -85- PICK(1)
5619 pick - select messages by content
5621 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5622 pick [+folder] [msgs] [-and ...] [-or ...] [-not ...]
5623 [-lbrace ... -rbrace] [--component pattern] [-cc pattern]
5624 [-date pattern] [-from pattern] [-search pattern]
5625 [-subject pattern] [-to pattern] [-after date] [-before date]
5626 [-datefield field] [-sequence name ...] [-public] [-nopublic]
5627 [-zero] [-nozero] [-list] [-nolist] [-help]
5630 scan `pick -from jones`
5631 pick -to holloway -sequence select
5632 show `pick -before friday`
5634 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5636 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk searches messages within a folder for the specified contents,
5637 and then identifies those messages. Two types of search primitives
5638 are available: pattern matching and date constraint operations.
5640 A modified _
\bg_
\br_
\be_
\bp(1) is used to perform the matching, so the full
5641 regular expression (see _
\be_
\bd(1)) facility is available within `pat-
5642 tern'. With `-search', `pattern' is used directly, and with the
5643 others, the grep pattern constructed is:
5645 "component[ \t]*:.*pattern"
5647 This means that the pattern specified for a `-search' will be found
5648 everywhere in the message, including the header and the body, while
5649 the other pattern matching requests are limited to the single
5650 specified component. The expression
5652 `--component pattern'
5654 is a shorthand for specifying
5656 `-search "component[ \t]*:.*pattern" '
5658 It is used to pick a component which is not one of "To:", "cc:",
5659 "Date:", "From:", or "Subject:". An example is
5660 `pick --reply-to pooh'.
5662 Pattern matching is performed on a per-line basis. Within the
5663 header of the message, each component is treated as one long line,
5664 but in the body, each line is separate. Lower-case letters in the
5665 search pattern will match either lower or upper case in the mes-
5666 sage, while upper case will match only upper case.
5668 Note that since the `-date' switch is a pattern matching operation
5669 (as described above), to find messages sent on a certain date the
5671 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5681 PICK(1) -86- PICK(1)
5684 pattern string must match the text of the "Date:" field of the mes-
5687 Independent of any pattern matching operations requested, the
5688 switches `-after date' or `-before date' may also be used to intro-
5689 duce date/time contraints on all of the messages. By default, the
5690 "Date:" field is consulted, but if another date yielding field
5691 (such as "BB-Posted:" or "Delivery-Date:") should be used, the
5692 `-datefield field' switch may be used.
5694 With `-before' and `-after', _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will actually parse the date
5695 fields in each of the messages specified in `msgs' and compare them
5696 to the date/time specified. If `-after' is given, then only those
5697 messages whose "Date:" field value is chronologically after the
5698 date specified will be considered. The `-before' switch specifies
5699 the complimentary action.
5701 Both the `-after' and `-before' switches take legal 822-style date
5702 specifications as arguments. _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will default certain missing
5703 fields so that the entire date need not be specified. These fields
5704 are (in order of defaulting): timezone, time and timezone, date,
5705 date and timezone. All defaults are taken from the current date,
5708 In addition to 822-style dates, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will also recognize any of the
5709 days of the week ("sunday", "monday", and so on), and the special
5710 dates "today", "yesterday" (24 hours ago), and "tomorrow" (24 hours
5711 from now). All days of the week are judged to refer to a day in
5712 the past (e.g., telling _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk "saturday" on a "tuesday" means
5713 "last saturday" not "this saturday").
5715 Finally, in addition to these special specifications, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will
5716 also honor a specification of the form "-dd", which means "dd days
5719 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk supports complex boolean operations on the searching primi-
5720 tives with the `-and', `-or', `-not', and `-lbrace ... -rbrace'
5721 switches. For example,
5723 pick -after yesterday -and
5724 -lbrace -from freida -or -from fear -rbrace
5726 identifies messages recently sent by "frieda" or "fear".
5728 The matching primitives take precedence over the `-not' switch,
5729 which in turn takes precedence over `-and' which in turn takes pre-
5730 cedence over `-or'. To override the default precedence, the
5731 `-lbrace' and `-rbrace' switches are provided, which act just like
5732 opening and closing parentheses in logical expressions.
5734 If no search criteria are given, all the messages specified on the
5735 command line are selected (this defaults to "all").
5737 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5747 PICK(1) -87- PICK(1)
5750 Once the search has been performed, if the `-list' switch is given,
5751 the message numbers of the selected messages are written to the
5752 standard output separated by newlines. This is _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\br_
\be_
\bm_
\be_
\bl_
\by useful
5753 for quickly generating arguments for other _
\bM_
\bH programs by using the
5754 "backquoting" syntax of the shell. For example, the command
5756 scan `pick +todo -after "31 Mar 83 0123 PST"`
5758 says to _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn those messages in the indicated folder which meet the
5759 appropriate criterion. Note that since _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk 's context changes are
5760 written out prior to _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn 's invocation, you need not give the
5761 folder argument to _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn as well.
5763 Regardless of the operation of the `-list' switch, the `-sequence
5764 name' switch may be given once for each sequence the user wishes to
5765 define. For each sequence named, that sequence will be defined to
5766 mean exactly those messages selected by _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk. For example,
5768 pick -from frated -seq fred
5770 defines a new message sequence for the current folder called "fred"
5771 which contains exactly those messages that were selected.
5773 Note that whenever _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk processes a `-sequence name' switch, it
5776 By default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will zero the sequence before adding it. This
5777 action can be disabled with the `-nozero' switch, which means that
5778 the messages selected by _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will be added to the sequence, if it
5779 already exists, and any messages already a part of that sequence
5782 The `-public' and `-nopublic' switches are used by _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk in the same
5783 way _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk uses them.
5785 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5786 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5789 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5790 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5791 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5794 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5803 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5813 PICK(1) -88- PICK(1)
5816 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5817 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5818 `msgs' defaults to all
5820 `-nopublic' if the folder is read-only, `-public' otherwise
5822 `-list' is the default if no `-sequence', `-nolist' otherwise
5825 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5826 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
5829 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
5830 In previous versions of _
\bM_
\bH, the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk command would _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, or
5831 _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be the selected messages. This was rather "inverted logic"
5832 from the UNIX point of view, so _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk was changed to define se-
5833 quences and output those sequences. Hence, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk can be used to
5834 generate the arguments for all other _
\bM_
\bH commands, instead of giving
5835 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk endless switches for invoking those commands itself.
5837 Also, previous versions of _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk balked if you didn't specify a
5838 search string or a date/time constraint. The current version does
5839 not, and merely matches the messages you specify. This lets you
5840 type something like:
5842 show `pick last:20 -seq fear`
5846 mark -add -nozero -seq fear last:20
5849 Finally, timezones used to be ignored when comparing dates: they
5852 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5854 Use "pick sequence -list" to enumerate the messages in a sequence
5855 (such as for use by a shell script).
5869 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5879 PICK(1) -89- PICK(1)
5883 The argument to the `-after' and `-before' switches must be inter-
5884 preted as a single token by the shell that invokes _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk. There-
5885 fore, one must usually place the argument to this switch inside
5886 double-quotes. Furthermore, any occurance of `-datefield' must oc-
5887 cur prior to the `-after' or `-before' switch it applies to.
5889 If _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk is used in a back-quoted operation, such as
5891 scan `pick -from jones`
5893 and _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk selects no messages (e.g., no messages are from "jones"),
5894 then the shell will still run the outer command (e.g., "scan").
5895 Since no messages were matched, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk produced no output, and the
5896 argument given to the outer command as a result of backquoting _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk
5897 is empty. In the case of _
\bM_
\bH programs, the outer command now acts
5898 as if the default `msg' or `msgs' should be used (e.g., "all" in
5899 the case of _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn ). To prevent this unexpected behavior, if
5900 `-list' was given, and if its standard output is not a tty, then
5901 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk outputs the illegal message number "0" when it fails. This
5902 lets the outer command fail gracefully as well.
5904 The pattern syntax "[l-r]" is not supported; each letter to be
5905 matched must be included within the square brackets.
5935 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5945 PREV(1) -90- PREV(1)
5949 prev - show the previous message
5951 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5952 prev [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
5953 [-noshowproc] [-switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
5955 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5957 _
\bP_
\br_
\be_
\bv performs a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw on the previous message in the specified (or
5958 current) folder. Like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, it passes any switches on to the pro-
5959 gram named by _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, which is called to list the message. This
5960 command is almost exactly equivalent to "show prev". Consult the
5961 manual entry for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (1) for all the details.
5963 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5964 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5967 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5968 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5969 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5970 showproc: Program to show the message
5973 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5977 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5978 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5982 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5983 If a folder is specified, it will become the current folder. The
5984 message that is shown (i.e., the previous message in sequence) will
5985 become the current message.
5989 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv is really a link to the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw program. As a result, if you
5990 make a link to _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv and that link is not called _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, your link
5991 will act like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw instead. To circumvent this, add a
5992 profile-entry for the link to your _
\bM_
\bH profile and add the argument
5993 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv to the entry.
6001 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6011 PROMPTER(1) -91- PROMPTER(1)
6015 prompter - prompting editor front-end for MH
6017 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6018 prompter [-erase chr] [-kill chr] [-prepend] [-noprepend] [-rapid]
6019 [-norapid] [-doteof] [-nodoteof] file [-help]
6021 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6023 This program is normally not invoked directly by users but takes
6024 the place of an editor and acts as an editor front-end. It
6025 operates on an 822-style message draft skeleton specified by file,
6026 normally provided by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl.
6028 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br is an editor which allows rapid composition of messages.
6029 It is particularly useful to network and low-speed (less than 2400
6030 baud) users of _
\bM_
\bH. It is an _
\bM_
\bH program in that it can have its own
6031 profile entry with switches, but it is not invoked directly by the
6032 user. The commands _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl invoke _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br as
6033 an editor, either when invoked with `-editor prompter', or by the
6034 profile entry "Editor: prompter", or when given the command
6035 `edit prompter' at "What now?" level.
6037 For each empty component _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br finds in the draft, the user is
6038 prompted for a response; A <RETURN> will cause the whole component
6039 to be left out. Otherwise, a `\' preceding a <RETURN> will con-
6040 tinue the response on the next line, allowing for multiline com-
6041 ponents. Continuation lines must begin with a space or tab.
6043 Each non-empty component is copied to the draft and displayed on
6046 The start of the message body is denoted by a blank line or a line
6047 of dashes. If the body is non-empty, the prompt, which isn't writ-
6050 "--------Enter additional text",
6052 or (if `-prepend' was given)
6054 "--------Enter initial text".
6056 Message-body typing is terminated with an end-of-file (usually
6057 CTRL-D). With the `-doteof' switch, a period on a line all by
6058 itself also signifies end-of-file. At this point control is
6059 returned to the calling program, where the user is asked "What
6060 now?". See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw for the valid options to this query.
6062 By using the `-prepend' switch, the user can add type-in to the
6063 beginning of the message body and have the rest of the body follow.
6064 This is useful for the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw command.
6067 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6077 PROMPTER(1) -92- PROMPTER(1)
6080 By using the `-rapid' switch, if the draft already contains text in
6081 the message-body, it is not displayed on the user's terminal. This
6082 is useful for low-speed terminals.
6084 The line editing characters for kill and erase may be specified by
6085 the user via the arguments `-kill chr' and `-erase chr', where chr
6086 may be a character; or `\nnn', where "nnn" is the octal value for
6089 An interrupt (usually CTRL-C) during component typing will abort
6090 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br and the _
\bM_
\bH command that invoked it. An interrupt during
6091 message-body typing is equivalent to CTRL-D, for historical rea-
6092 sons. This means that _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br should finish up and exit.
6094 The first non-flag argument to _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br is taken as the name of the
6095 draft file, and subsequent non-flag arguments are ignored.
6097 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6098 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6099 /tmp/prompter* Temporary copy of message
6102 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6103 prompter-next: To name the editor to be used on exit from
6104 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br
6105 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new draft
6108 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6109 comp(1), dist(1), forw(1), repl(1), whatnow(1)
6112 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6118 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6121 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6123 The `-rapid' option is particularly useful with _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and
6124 `-noprepend' is useful with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp -_
\bu_
\bs_
\be.
6126 The user may wish to link _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br under several names (e.g., "ra-
6127 pid") and give appropriate switches in the profile entries under
6128 these names (e.g., "rapid: -rapid"). This facilitates invoking
6129 prompter differently for different _
\bM_
\bH commands (e.g., "forw: -edi-
6133 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6143 PROMPTER(1) -93- PROMPTER(1)
6147 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br uses _
\bs_
\bt_
\bd_
\bi_
\bo (3), so it will lose if you edit files with
6199 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6209 RCVSTORE(1) -94- RCVSTORE(1)
6213 rcvstore - incorporate new mail asynchronously
6215 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6216 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/rcvstore [+folder] [-create] [-nocreate]
6217 [-sequence name ...] [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero]
6220 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6222 _
\bR_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be incorporates a message from the standard input into an _
\bM_
\bH
6223 folder. If `+folder' isn't specified, a folder in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
6224 directory will be used, either that specified by the "Inbox:" entry
6225 in the user's profile, or the folder named "inbox". The new mes-
6226 sage being incorporated is assigned the next highest number in the
6227 folder. If the specified (or default) folder doesn't exist, then
6228 it will be created if the `-create' option is specified, otherwise
6229 _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will exit.
6231 If the user's profile contains a "Msg-Protect: nnn" entry, it will
6232 be used as the protection on the newly created messages, otherwise
6233 the _
\bM_
\bH default of 0644 will be used. During all operations on mes-
6234 sages, this initially assigned protection will be preserved for
6235 each message, so _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd(1) may be used to set a protection on an
6236 individual message, and its protection will be preserved
6239 _
\bR_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will incorporate anything except zero length messages into
6240 the user's MH folder.
6242 If the profile entry "Unseen-Sequence" is present and non-empty,
6243 then _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will add the newly incorporated message to each
6244 sequence named by the profile entry. This is similar to the
6245 "Previous-Sequence" profile entry supported by all _
\bM_
\bH commands
6246 which take `msgs' or `msg' arguments. Note that _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will not
6247 zero each sequence prior to adding messages.
6249 Furthermore, the incoming messages may be added to user-defined
6250 sequences as they arrive by appropriate use of the `-sequence'
6251 option. As with _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, use of the `-zero' and `-nozero' switches
6252 can also be used to zero old sequences or not. Similarly, use of
6253 the `-public' and `-nopublic switches may be used to force addi-
6254 tions to public and private sequences.
6256 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6257 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6265 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6275 RCVSTORE(1) -95- RCVSTORE(1)
6278 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6279 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6280 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
6281 Inbox: To find the default inbox
6282 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
6283 Unseen-Sequence: To name sequences denoting unseen messages
6286 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6287 inc(1), pick(1), mh-mail(5)
6290 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6291 `+folder' defaults to "inbox"
6293 `-nopublic' if the folder is read-only, `-public' otherwise
6297 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6298 No context changes will be attempted, with the exception of se-
6299 quence manipulation.
6303 If you use the "Unseen-Sequence" profile entry, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be could try
6304 to update the context while another _
\bM_
\bH process is also trying to do
6305 so. This can cause the context to become corrupted. To avoid
6306 this, do not use _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be if you use the "Unseen-Sequence" profile
6331 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6341 REFILE(1) -96- REFILE(1)
6345 refile - file message in other folders
6347 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6348 refile [msgs] [-draft] [-link] [-nolink] [-preserve] [-nopreserve]
6349 [-src +folder] [-file file] [-rmmproc program] [-normmproc]
6352 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6354 _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be moves (_
\bm_
\bv (1)) or links (_
\bl_
\bn (1)) messages from a source
6355 folder into one or more destination folders. If you think of a
6356 message as a sheet of paper, this operation is not unlike filing
6357 the sheet of paper (or copies) in file cabinet folders. When a
6358 message is filed, it is linked into the destination folder(s) if
6359 possible, and is copied otherwise. As long as the destination
6360 folders are all on the same file system, multiple filing causes
6361 little storage overhead. This facility provides a good way to
6362 cross-file or multiply-index messages. For example, if a message
6363 is received from Jones about the ARPA Map Project, the command
6365 refile cur +jones +Map
6367 would allow the message to be found in either of the two folders
6370 The option `-file file' directs _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to use the specified file as
6371 the source message to be filed, rather than a message from a
6372 folder. Note that the file should be a validly formatted message,
6373 just like any other _
\bM_
\bH message. It should NOT be in mail drop for-
6374 mat (to convert a file in mail drop format to a folder of _
\bM_
\bH mes-
6375 sages, see _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (1)).
6377 If a destination folder doesn't exist, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will ask if you want
6378 to create it. A negative response will abort the file operation.
6379 If the standard input for _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be is _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt a tty, then _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will not
6380 ask any questions and will proceed as if the user's answer was
6381 "yes" for all questions.
6383 The option `-link' preserves the source folder copy of the message
6384 (i.e., it does a _
\bl_
\bn(1) rather than a _
\bm_
\bv(1)), whereas, `-nolink'
6385 deletes the filed messages from the source folder. Normally, when
6386 a message is filed, it is assigned the next highest number avail-
6387 able in each of the destination folders. Use of the `-preserve'
6388 switch will override this message renaming, but name conflicts may
6389 occur, so use this switch cautiously.
6391 If `-link' is not specified (or `-nolink' is specified), the filed
6392 messages will be removed from the source folder, by renaming them
6393 with a site-dependent prefix (usually a comma).
6397 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6407 REFILE(1) -97- REFILE(1)
6410 If the user has a profile component such as
6414 then _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will instead call the named program to delete the mes-
6415 sage files. The user may specify `-rmmproc program' on the command
6416 line to override this profile specification. The `-normmproc'
6417 option forces the message files to be deleted by renaming them as
6420 The `-draft' switch tells _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to file the <mh-dir>/draft.
6422 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6423 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6426 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6427 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6428 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
6429 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
6430 rmmproc: Program to delete the message
6433 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6437 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6438 `-src +folder' defaults to the current folder
6439 `msgs' defaults to cur
6444 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6445 If `-src +folder' is given, it will become the current folder. If
6446 neither `-link' nor `all' is specified, the current message in the
6447 source folder will be set to the last message specified; otherwise,
6448 the current message won't be changed.
6450 If the Previous-Sequence profile entry is set, in addition to de-
6451 fining the named sequences from the source folder, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will also
6452 define those sequences for the destination folders. See
6453 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (5) for information concerning the previous sequence.
6457 Since _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be uses your _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to delete the message, the _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
6458 must NOT call _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be without specifying `-normmproc', or you will
6459 create an infinte loop.
6463 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6473 REPL(1) -98- REPL(1)
6477 repl - reply to a message
6479 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6480 repl [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate] [-cc all/to/cc/me]
6481 [-nocc all/to/cc/me] [-draftfolder +folder]
6482 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor]
6483 [-noedit] [-fcc +folder] [-filter filterfile] [-form formfile]
6484 [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-query] [-noquery] [-width columns]
6485 [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
6487 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6489 _
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl aids a user in producing a reply to an existing message. _
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl
6490 uses a reply template to guide its actions when constructing the
6491 message draft of the reply. In its simplest form (with no argu-
6492 ments), it will set up a message-form skeleton in reply to the
6493 current message in the current folder, and invoke the whatnow
6494 shell. The default reply template will direct _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl to construct
6495 the composed message as follows:
6497 To: <Reply-To> or <From>
6498 cc: <cc>, <To>, and yourself
6499 Subject: Re: <Subject>
6500 In-reply-to: Your message of <Date>.
6503 where field names enclosed in angle brackets (< >) indicate the
6504 contents of the named field from the message to which the reply is
6505 being made. A reply template is simply a format file. See
6506 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
6508 The `-cc type' switch takes an argument which specifies who gets
6509 placed on the "cc:" list of the reply. The `-query' switch modi-
6510 fies the action of `-cc type' switch by interactively asking you if
6511 each address that normally would be placed in the "To:" and "cc:"
6512 list should actually be sent a copy. (This is useful for
6513 special-purpose replies.) Note that the position of the `-cc' and
6514 `-nocc' switches, like all other switches which take a positive and
6515 negative form, is important.
6517 Lines beginning with the fields "To:", "cc:", and "Bcc:" will be
6518 standardized and have duplicate addresses removed. In addition,
6519 the `-width columns' switch will guide _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl's formatting of these
6522 If the file named "replcomps" exists in the user's MH directory, it
6523 will be used instead of the default form. In either case, the file
6524 specified by `-form formfile' will be used if given.
6526 If the draft already exists, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl will ask you as to the disposi-
6527 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, leaving the
6529 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6539 REPL(1) -99- REPL(1)
6542 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with a blank
6543 skeleton; and list will display the draft.
6545 See _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) for a description of the `-editor' and `-noedit'
6546 switches. Note that while in the editor, the message being replied
6547 to is available through a link named "@" (assuming the default
6548 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc ). In addition, the actual pathname of the message is
6549 stored in the envariable $editalt, and the pathname of the folder
6550 containing the message is stored in the envariable $mhfolder.
6552 Although _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl uses the `-form formfile' switch to direct it how to
6553 construct the beginning of the draft, the `-filter filterfile'
6554 switch directs _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl as to how the message being replied-to should
6555 be formatted in the body of the draft. If `-filter' is not speci-
6556 fied, then the message being replied-to is not included in the body
6557 of the draft. If `-filter filterfile' is specified, then the mes-
6558 sage being replied-to is filtered (re-formatted) prior to being
6559 output to the body of the draft. The filter file for _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl should
6560 be a standard form file for _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, as _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl will invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to format
6561 the message being replied-to. There is no default message filter
6562 (`-filter' must be followed by a file name). A filter file that is
6566 body:nocomponent,compwidth=9,offset=9
6568 which says to output a blank line and then the body of the message
6569 being replied-to, indented by one tab-stop. Another format popular
6573 message-id:nocomponent,nonewline,\
6574 formatfield="In message %{text}, "
6575 from:nocomponent,formatfield="%(friendly{text}) writes:"
6576 body:component=">",overflowtext=">",overflowoffset=0
6578 Which cites the Message-ID and author of the message being
6579 replied-to, and then outputs each line of the body prefaced with
6582 If the `-annotate' switch is given, the message being replied-to
6583 will be annotated with the lines
6588 where the address list contains one line for each addressee. The
6589 annotation will be done only if the message is sent directly from
6590 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. If the message is not sent immediately from _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl,
6591 "comp -use" may be used to re-edit and send the constructed mes-
6592 sage, but the annotations won't take place. The `-inplace' switch
6593 causes annotation to be done in place in order to preserve links to
6595 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6605 REPL(1) -100- REPL(1)
6608 the annotated message.
6610 The `-fcc +folder' switch can be used to automatically specify a
6611 folder to receive Fcc:s. More than one folder, each preceeded by
6612 `-fcc' can be named.
6614 In addition to the standard _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) escapes, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl also recog-
6615 nizes the following additional _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escape:
6617 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
6618 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc string Any folders specified with `-fcc folder'
6620 To avoid reiteration, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl strips any leading `Re: ' strings from
6621 the _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt component.
6623 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
6624 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
6625 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
6626 manual for more information.
6628 Upon exiting from the editor, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl will invoke the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
6629 See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available options. The invoca-
6630 tion of this program can be inhibited by using the `-nowhatnowproc'
6631 switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program which starts
6632 the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc' will prevent any edit
6635 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6636 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/replcomps The reply template
6637 or <mh-dir>/replcomps Rather than the standard template
6638 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6639 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
6642 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6643 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6644 Alternate-Mailboxes: To determine the user's mailboxes
6645 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
6646 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
6647 Editor: To override the default editor
6648 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
6650 fileproc: Program to refile the message
6651 mhlproc: Program to filter message being replied-to
6652 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
6655 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6656 comp(1), dist(1), forw(1), send(1), whatnow(1), mh-format(5)
6661 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6671 REPL(1) -101- REPL(1)
6674 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6675 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
6676 `msg' defaults to cur
6677 `-nocc all' at ATHENA sites, `-cc all' otherwise
6685 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6686 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The mes-
6687 sage replied-to will become the current message.
6690 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
6691 Prior to using the format string mechanism, `-noformat' used to
6692 cause address headers to be output as-is. Now all address fields
6693 are formatted using Internet standard guidelines.
6697 If any addresses occur in the reply template, addresses in the tem-
6698 plate that do not contain hosts are defaulted incorrectly. Instead
6699 of using the localhost for the default, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl uses the sender's
6700 host. Moral of the story: if you're going to include addresses in
6701 a reply template, include the host portion of the address.
6703 The `-width columns' switch is only used to do address-folding;
6704 other headers are not line-wrapped.
6706 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
6707 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
6708 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl won't run
6711 If your current working directory is not writable, the link named
6712 "@" is not available.
6727 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6741 rmf - remove an MH folder
6743 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6744 rmf [+folder] [-interactive] [-nointeractive] [-help]
6746 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6748 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf removes all of the messages (files) within the specified (or
6749 default) folder, and then removes the folder (directory) itself.
6750 If there are any files within the folder which are not a part of
6751 _
\bM_
\bH, they will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be removed, and an error will be produced. If
6752 the folder is given explicitly or the `-nointeractive' option is
6753 given, then the folder will be removed without confirmation. Oth-
6754 erwise, the user will be asked for confirmation. If _
\br_
\bm_
\bf can't find
6755 the current folder, for some reason, the folder to be removed
6756 defaults to `+inbox' (unless overridden by user's profile entry
6757 "Inbox") with confirmation.
6759 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf irreversibly deletes messages that don't have other links, so
6760 use it with caution.
6762 If the folder being removed is a subfolder, the parent folder will
6763 become the new current folder, and _
\br_
\bm_
\bf will produce a message tel-
6764 ling the user this has happened. This provides an easy mechanism
6765 for selecting a set of messages, operating on the list, then remov-
6766 ing the list and returning to the current folder from which the
6769 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf of a read-only folder will delete the private sequence and cur
6770 information (i.e., "atr-_
\bs_
\be_
\bq-_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br" entries) from the profile
6771 without affecting the folder itself.
6773 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6774 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6777 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6778 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6779 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
6780 Inbox: To find the default inbox
6783 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6787 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6788 `+folder' defaults to the current folder, usually with confirmation
6789 `-interactive' if +folder' not given, `-nointeractive' otherwise
6793 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6806 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6807 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf will set the current folder to the parent folder if a subfolder
6808 is removed; or if the current folder is removed, it will make "in-
6809 box" current. Otherwise, it doesn't change the current folder or
6814 Although intuitively one would suspect that _
\br_
\bm_
\bf works recursively,
6815 it does not. Hence if you have a sub-folder within a folder, in
6816 order to _
\br_
\bm_
\bf the parent, you must first _
\br_
\bm_
\bf each of the children.
6859 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6873 rmm - remove messages
6875 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6876 rmm [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
6878 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6880 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bm removes the specified messages by renaming the message files
6881 with preceding commas. Many sites consider files that start with a
6882 comma to be a temporary backup, and arrange for _
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bn (8) to remove
6883 such files once a day.
6885 If the user has a profile component such as
6889 then instead of simply renaming the message file, _
\br_
\bm_
\bm will call the
6890 named program to delete the file. Note that at most installations,
6891 _
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bn (8) is told to remove files that begin with a comma once a
6894 Some users of csh prefer the following:
6896 alias rmm 'refile +d'
6898 where folder +d is a folder for deleted messages, and
6900 alias mexp 'rm `mhpath +d all`'
6902 is used to "expunge" deleted messages.
6904 The current message is not changed by _
\br_
\bm_
\bm, so a _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt will advance
6905 to the next message in the folder as expected.
6907 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6908 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6911 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6912 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6913 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
6914 rmmproc: Program to delete the message
6917 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6921 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6922 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
6923 `msgs' defaults to cur
6925 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6938 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6939 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
6943 Since _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be uses your _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to delete the message, the _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
6944 must NOT call _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be without specifying `-normmproc', or you will
6945 create an infinte loop.
6991 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7001 SCAN(1) -106- SCAN(1)
7005 scan - produce a one line per message scan listing
7007 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7008 scan [+folder] [msgs] [-clear] [-noclear] [-form formatfile]
7009 [-format string] [-header] [-noheader] [-width columns]
7010 [-reverse] [-noreverse] [-file filename] [-help]
7012 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7014 _
\bS_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn produces a one-line-per-message listing of the specified mes-
7015 sages. Each _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn line contains the message number (name), the
7016 date, the "From:" field, the "Subject" field, and, if room allows,
7017 some of the body of the message. For example:
7019 15+ 7/ 5 Dcrocker nned <<Last week I asked some of
7020 16 - 7/ 5 dcrocker message id format <<I recommend
7021 18 7/ 6 Obrien Re: Exit status from mkdir
7022 19 7/ 7 Obrien "scan" listing format in MH
7024 The `+' on message 15 indicates that it is the current message.
7025 The `-' on message 16 indicates that it has been replied to, as
7026 indicated by a "Replied:" component produced by an `-annotate'
7027 switch to the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl command.
7029 If there is sufficient room left on the _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn line after the sub-
7030 ject, the line will be filled with text from the body, preceded by
7031 <<, and terminated by >> if the body is sufficiently short. _
\bS_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn
7032 actually reads each of the specified messages and parses them to
7033 extract the desired fields. During parsing, appropriate error mes-
7034 sages will be produced if there are format errors in any of the
7037 The `-header' switch produces a header line prior to the _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn list-
7038 ing. Currently, the name of the folder and the current date and
7039 time are output (see the HISTORY section for more information).
7041 If the `-clear' switch is used and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn'_
\bs output is directed to a
7042 terminal, then _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn will consult the $TERM and $TERMCAP envariables
7043 to determine your terminal type in order to find out how to clear
7044 the screen prior to exiting. If the `-clear' switch is used and
7045 _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn'_
\bs output is not directed to a terminal (e.g., a pipe or a
7046 file), then _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn will send a formfeed prior to exiting.
7048 For example, the command:
7050 (scan -clear -header; show all -show pr -f) | lpr
7052 produces a scan listing of the current folder, followed by a
7053 formfeed, followed by a formatted listing of all messages in the
7054 folder, one per page. Omitting `-show pr -f' will cause the mes-
7055 sages to be concatenated, separated by a one-line header and two
7057 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7067 SCAN(1) -107- SCAN(1)
7072 If _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn encounters a message without a "Date:" field, rather than
7073 leaving that portion of the scan listing blank, the date is
7074 filled-in with the last write date of the message, and post-fixed
7075 with a `*'. This is particularly handy for scanning a _
\bd_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt
7076 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br, as message drafts usually aren't allowed to have dates in
7079 To override the output format used by _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, the `-format string' or
7080 `-format file' switches are used. This permits individual fields
7081 of the scan listing to be extracted with ease. The string is sim-
7082 ply a format string and the file is simply a format file. See
7083 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
7085 In addition to the standard _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) escapes, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn also recog-
7086 nizes the following additional _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escapes:
7088 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7089 body string the (compressed) first part of the body
7090 dtimenow date the current date
7091 folder string the name of the current folder
7093 Also, if no date header was present in the message, the _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7094 escapes which operate on {_
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be} will return values for the date of
7095 last modification of the message file itself.
7097 _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn will update the _
\bM_
\bH context prior to starting the listing, so
7098 interrupting a long _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn listing preserves the new context. _
\bM_
\bH
7099 purists hate this idea.
7101 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7102 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
7105 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7106 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
7107 Alternate-Mailboxes: To determine the user's mailboxes
7108 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
7111 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7112 inc(1), pick(1), show(1), mh-format(5)
7115 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7116 `+folder' defaults to the folder current
7117 `msgs' defaults to all
7118 `-format' defaulted as described above
7120 `-width' defaulted to the width of the terminal
7123 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7133 SCAN(1) -108- SCAN(1)
7136 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7137 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
7140 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
7141 Prior to using the format string mechanism, `-header' used to gen-
7142 erate a heading saying what each column in the listing was. Format
7143 strings prevent this from happening.
7147 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
7148 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn. Therefore, one must usu-
7149 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
7150 The value of each _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escape is set by _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn to the contents
7151 of the first message header _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn encounters with the corresponding
7152 component name; any following headers with the same component name
7155 The switch `-reverse', makes _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn list the messages in reverse ord-
7156 er; this should be considered a bug.
7158 The `-file filename' switch allows the user to obtain a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn list-
7159 ing of a maildrop file as produced by _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf. This listing includes
7160 every message in the file. The user should use _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh for more selec-
7161 tive processing of the file. `-reverse' is ignored with this op-
7189 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7199 SEND(1) -109- SEND(1)
7203 send - send a message
7205 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7206 send [-alias aliasfile] [-draft] [-draftfolder +folder]
7207 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-filter filterfile]
7208 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-forward] [-noforward]
7209 [-mime] [-nomime] [-msgid] [-nomsgid] [-push] [-nopush]
7210 [-split seconds] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-watch] [-nowatch]
7211 [-width columns] [file ...] [-help]
7213 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7215 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will cause each of the specified files to be delivered (via
7216 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8)) to each of the destinations in the "To:", "cc:", "Bcc:",
7217 and "Fcc:" fields of the message. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is re-distributing a
7218 message, as invoked from _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, then the corresponding "Resent-xxx"
7219 fields are examined instead.
7221 If `-push' is specified, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will detach itself from the user's
7222 terminal and perform its actions in the background. If _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh 'd and
7223 the draft can't be sent, then the `-forward' switch says that draft
7224 should be forwarded with the failure notice sent to the user. This
7225 differs from putting _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd in the background because the output is
7226 trapped and analyzed by _
\bM_
\bH.
7228 If `-verbose' is specified, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will indicate the interactions
7229 occurring with the transport system, prior to actual delivery. If
7230 `-watch' is specified _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will monitor the delivery of local and
7231 network mail. Hence, by specifying both switches, a large detail
7232 of information can be gathered about each step of the message's
7233 entry into the transport system.
7235 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
7236 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
7237 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
7238 manual for more information.
7240 If `-split' is specified, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will split the draft into one or
7241 more partial messages prior to sending. This makes use of the
7242 multi-media content feature in MH. Note however that if _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is
7243 invoked under _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1), then this switch is ignored -- it makes no
7244 sense to redistribute a message in this fashion. Sometimes you
7245 want _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd to pause after posting a partial message. This is usu-
7246 ally the case when you are running _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl and expect to generate
7247 a lot of partial messages. The argument to `-split' tells it how
7248 long to pause between postings.
7250 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd with no _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be argument will query whether the draft is the
7251 intended file, whereas `-draft' will suppress this question. Once
7252 the transport system has successfully accepted custody of the mes-
7253 sage, the file will be renamed with a leading comma, which allows
7255 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7265 SEND(1) -110- SEND(1)
7268 it to be retrieved until the next draft message is sent. If there
7269 are errors in the formatting of the message, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will abort with a
7270 (hopefully) helpful error message.
7272 If a "Bcc:" field is encountered, its addresses will be used for
7273 delivery, and the "Bcc:" field will be removed from the message
7274 sent to sighted recipients. The blind recipients will receive an
7275 entirely new message with a minimal set of headers. Included in
7276 the body of the message will be a copy of the message sent to the
7277 sighted recipients. If `-filter filterfile' is specified, then
7278 this copy is filtered (re-formatted) prior to being sent to the
7279 blind recipients. Otherwise, to use the MIME rules for encapsula-
7280 tion, specify the `-mime' switch.
7282 Prior to sending the message, the fields "From: user@local", and
7283 "Date: now" will be appended to the headers in the message. If the
7284 envariable $SIGNATURE is set, then its value is used as your per-
7285 sonal name when constructing the "From:" line of the message. If
7286 this envariable is not set, then _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will consult the profile
7287 entry "Signature" for this information. On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was con-
7288 figured with the UCI option, if $SIGNATURE is not set and the "Sig-
7289 nature" profile entry is not present, then the file
7290 $HOME/.signature is consulted. If `-msgid' is specified, then a
7291 "Message-ID:" field will also be added to the message.
7293 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is re-distributing a message (when invoked by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt ), then
7294 "Resent-" will be prepended to each of these fields: "From:",
7295 "Date:", and "Message-ID:". If the message already contains a
7296 "From:" field, then a "Sender: user@local" field will be added as
7297 well. (An already existing "Sender:" field is an error!)
7299 By using the `-format' switch, each of the entries in the "To:" and
7300 "cc:" fields will be replaced with "standard" format entries. This
7301 standard format is designed to be usable by all of the message
7302 handlers on the various systems around the Internet. If `-nofor-
7303 mat' is given, then headers are output exactly as they appear in
7306 If an "Fcc: folder" is encountered, the message will be copied to
7307 the specified folder for the sender in the format in which it will
7308 appear to any non-Bcc receivers of the message. That is, it will
7309 have the appended fields and field reformatting. The "Fcc:" fields
7310 will be removed from all outgoing copies of the message.
7312 By using the `-width columns' switch, the user can direct _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd as
7313 to how long it should make header lines containing addresses.
7315 The files specified by the profile entry "Aliasfile:" and any addi-
7316 tional alias files given by the `-alias aliasfile' switch will be
7317 read (more than one file, each preceeded by `-alias', can be
7318 named). See _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (5) for more information.
7321 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7331 SEND(1) -111- SEND(1)
7334 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7335 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
7338 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7339 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
7340 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
7341 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
7342 Signature: To determine the user's mail signature
7343 mailproc: Program to post failure notices
7344 postproc: Program to post the message
7347 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7348 comp(1), dist(1), forw(1), repl(1), mh-alias(5), post(8)
7351 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7352 `file' defaults to <mh-dir>/draft
7353 `-alias /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases'
7366 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7371 Under some configurations, it is not possible to mointor the mail
7372 delivery transaction; `-watch' is a no-op on those systems.
7374 Using `-split 0' doesn't work correctly.
7387 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7397 SHOW(1) -112- SHOW(1)
7401 show - show (list) messages
7403 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7404 show [+folder] [msgs] [-draft] [-header] [-noheader]
7405 [-showproc program] [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc]
7408 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7410 _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw lists each of the specified messages to the standard output
7411 (typically, the terminal). Typically, the messages are listed
7412 exactly as they are, with no reformatting. A program named by the
7413 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc profile component is invoked to do the listing, and any
7414 switches not recognized by _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw are passed along to that program.
7415 The default program is known as _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1). To override the default
7416 and the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc profile component, use the `-showproc program'
7417 switch. For example, `-show pr' will cause the _
\bp_
\br (1) program to
7418 list the messages. The _
\bM_
\bH command _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl can be used as a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to
7419 show messages in a more uniform format. Normally, this program is
7420 specified as the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is the user's .mh_profile. See _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl (1)
7421 for the details. If the `-noshowproc' option is specified,
7422 `/bin/cat' is used instead of _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc.
7424 If you have messages with multi-media content, you should define
7425 the profile entry _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, which is the name of a program to mani-
7426 pulate multi-media messages. The _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn (1) program is suitable for
7427 this purpose. Note that if the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc profile entry is defined,
7428 the `-noshowproc' option is NOT specified, and if one or more named
7429 messages has a multi-media content, then the program indicated by
7430 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc will be run instead of _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc. The use of the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
7431 can also be disabled if the environment variable $NOMHNPROC is set.
7433 The `-header' switch tells _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw to display a one-line description
7434 of the message being shown. This description includes the folder
7435 and the message number.
7437 If no `msgs' are specified, the current message is used. If more
7438 than one message is specified, _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will prompt for a <RETURN>
7439 prior to listing each message. _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will list each message, a page
7440 at a time. When the end of page is reached, _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will ring the
7441 bell and wait for a <SPACE> or <RETURN>. If a <RETURN> is entered,
7442 _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will print the next line, whereas <SPACE> will print the next
7443 screenful. To exit _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be, type "q".
7445 If the standard output is not a terminal, no queries are made, and
7446 each file is listed with a one-line header and two lines of separa-
7449 "show -draft" will list the file <mh-dir>/draft if it exists.
7451 If the profile entry "Unseen-Sequence" is present and non-empty,
7453 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7463 SHOW(1) -113- SHOW(1)
7466 then _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw will remove each of the messages shown from each sequence
7467 named by the profile entry. This is similar to the
7468 "Previous-Sequence" profile entry supported by all _
\bM_
\bH commands
7469 which take `msgs' or `msg' arguments.
7471 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7472 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
7475 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7476 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
7477 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
7478 Unseen-Sequence: To name sequences denoting unseen messages
7479 showproc: Program to show messages
7480 mhnproc: Program to show messages with multi-media con-
7484 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7485 mhl(1), more(1), next(1), pick(1), prev(1), scan(1)
7488 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7489 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
7490 `msgs' defaults to cur
7494 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7495 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The last
7496 message shown will become the current message.
7519 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7529 SHOW(1) -114- SHOW(1)
7533 The `-header' switch doesn't work when `msgs' expands to more than
7534 one message. If the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, then is problem can be cir-
7535 cumvented by referencing the "messagename" field in the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl format
7538 _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw updates the user's context before showing the message. Hence
7539 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw will mark messages as seen prior to the user actually seeing
7540 them. This is generally not a problem, unless the user relies on
7541 the "unseen" messages mechanism, and interrupts _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw while it is
7542 showing "unseen" messages.
7544 If _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, then _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw uses a built-in _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl: it does not ac-
7545 tually run the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl program. Hence, if you define your own
7546 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl since _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw won't run it.
7548 If _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1) is your showproc (the default), then avoid running _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw
7549 in the background with only its standard output piped to another
7554 Due to a bug in _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be, show will go into a "tty input" state. To
7555 avoid this problem, re-direct _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw's diagnostic output as well.
7556 For users of _
\bc_
\bs_
\bh:
7560 For users of _
\bs_
\bh:
7562 show 2>&1 | imprint &
7585 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7595 SLOCAL(1) -115- SLOCAL(1)
7599 slocal - special local mail delivery
7601 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7602 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/slocal [address info sender]
7603 [-addr address] [-info data] [-sender sender]
7604 [-user username] [-mailbox mbox] [-file file]
7605 [-maildelivery deliveryfile] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-debug]
7608 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7610 _
\bS_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is a program designed to allow you to have your inbound mail
7611 processed according to a complex set of selection criteria. You do
7612 not normally invoke _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl yourself, rather _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is invoked on
7613 your behalf by your system's Message Transfer Agent.
7615 The message selection criteria used by _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is specified in the
7616 file ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by in the user's home directory. The format of
7617 this file is given below.
7619 The message delivery address and message sender are determined from
7620 the Message Transfer Agent envelope information, if possible.
7621 Under _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl, the sender will obtained from the UUCP "From "
7622 line, if present. The user may override these values with command
7623 line arguments, or arguments to the `-addr' and `-sender' switches.
7625 The message is normally read from the standard input. The `-file'
7626 switch sets the name of the file from which the message should be
7627 read, instead of reading stdin. The `-user' switch tells _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl
7628 the name of the user for whom it is delivering mail. The `-mail-
7629 box' switch tells _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl the name of the user's maildrop file.
7631 The `-info' switch may be used to pass an arbitrary argument to
7632 sub-processes which _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl may invoke on your behalf. The `-ver-
7633 bose' switch causes _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl to give information on stdout about its
7634 progress. The `-debug' switch produces more verbose debugging out-
7638 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bT_
\br_
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bf_
\be_
\br _
\bA_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7640 If your MTA is _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl, you should include the line
7642 "| /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/slocal -user username"
7644 in your .forward file in your home directory. This will cause
7645 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl to invoke _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl on your behalf.
7647 If your MTA is _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI, you should (symbolically) link /usr/bs/mh-
7648 6.8/lib/slocal to the file bin/rcvmail in your home directory.
7649 This will cause _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI to invoke _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl on your behalf with the
7651 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7661 SLOCAL(1) -116- SLOCAL(1)
7664 correct "_
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bf_
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\br" arguments.
7666 If your MTA is _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI_
\bI, then you should not use _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl. An
7667 equivalent functionality is already provided by _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI_
\bI; see mail-
7668 delivery(5) for details.
7671 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7674 The ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file controls how local delivery is performed.
7675 Each line of this file consists of five fields, separated by
7676 white-space or comma. Since double-quotes are honored, these char-
7677 acters may be included in a single argument by enclosing the entire
7678 argument in double-quotes. A double-quote can be included by
7679 preceding it with a backslash. Lines beginning with `#' are
7680 ignored. The format of each line in the ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file is:
7683 header pattern action result string
7686 The name of a header field that is to be searched for a pat-
7687 tern. This is any field in the headers of the message that
7688 might be present. The following special fields are also
7691 _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be the out-of-band sender information
7692 _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br the address that was used to cause delivery to the
7694 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt this matches _
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by if the message hasn't been
7696 * this always matches
7699 The sequence of characters to match in the specified header
7700 field. Matching is case-insensitive, but does not use regular
7704 The action to take to deliver the message:
7706 _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\by This action always succeeds.
7708 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be or > Append the message to the file named by string. The
7709 message is appended to the file in the maildrop for-
7710 mat which is used by your message transport system.
7711 If the message can be appended to the file, then
7712 this action succeeds. When writing to the file, a
7713 "Delivery-Date: date" header is added which indi-
7714 cates the date and time that message was appended to
7717 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7727 SLOCAL(1) -117- SLOCAL(1)
7730 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx Identical to _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, but always appends the message
7731 using the format used by _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf (the MMDF mailbox
7734 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be or | Pipe the message as the standard input to the com-
7735 mand named by string, using the Bourne shell _
\bs_
\bh(1)
7736 to interpret the string. Prior to giving the string
7737 to the shell, it is expanded with the following
7740 $(sender) the out-of-band sender information
7741 $(address) the address that was used to cause
7742 delivery to the recipient
7743 $(size) the size of the message in bytes
7744 $(reply-to) either the "Reply-To:" or "From:" field
7746 $(info) the out-of-band information specified
7747 _
\bq_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be or
7748 <_
\bc_
\ba_
\br_
\be_
\bt> Similar to _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be, but executes the command directly,
7749 after built-in variable expansion, without assis-
7750 tance from the shell. This action can be used to
7751 avoid quoting special characters which your shell
7755 Indicates how the action should be performed:
7757 _
\bA Perform the action. If the action succeeds, then
7758 the message is considered delivered.
7760 _
\bR Perform the action. Regardless of the outcome of
7761 the action, the message is not considered delivered.
7763 ? Perform the action only if the message has not been
7764 delivered. If the action succeeds, then the message
7765 is considered delivered.
7767 _
\bN Perform the action only if the message has not been
7768 delivered and the previous action succeeded. If
7769 this action succeeds, then the message is considered
7772 To summarize, here's an example:
7774 #_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7775 # lines starting with a '#' are ignored, as are blank lines
7777 # file mail with mmdf2 in the "To:" line into file mmdf2.log
7778 _
\bT_
\bo _
\bm_
\bm_
\bd_
\bf_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bA _
\bm_
\bm_
\bd_
\bf_
\b2._
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
7779 # Messages from mmdf pipe to the program err-message-archive
7780 _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bm_
\bm_
\bd_
\bf _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be _
\bA /_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn/_
\be_
\br_
\br-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be-_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
7781 # Anything with the "Sender:" address "mh-workers"
7783 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7793 SLOCAL(1) -118- SLOCAL(1)
7796 # file in mh.log if not filed already
7797 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ? _
\bm_
\bh._
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
7798 # "To:" unix - put in file unix-news
7799 _
\bT_
\bo _
\bU_
\bn_
\bi_
\bx > _
\bA _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bx-_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
7800 # if the address is jpo=ack - send an acknowledgement copy back
7801 _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br _
\bj_
\bp_
\bo=_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk | _
\bR "/_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn/_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd -_
\br $(_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by-_
\bt_
\bo)"
7802 # anything from steve - destroy!
7803 _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bv_
\be _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\by _
\bA -
7804 # anything not matched yet - put into mailbox
7805 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt - > ? _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
7807 * - | _
\bR /_
\bm_
\bh/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by
7809 The file is always read completely, so that several matches can be
7810 made and several actions can be taken. The ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file must
7811 be owned either by the user or by root, and must be writable only
7812 by the owner. If the ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file cannot be found, or does
7813 not perform an action which delivers the message, then the file
7814 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/maildelivery is read according to the same
7815 rules. This file must be owned by the root and must be writable
7816 only by the root. If this file cannot be found or does not perform
7817 an action which delivers the message, then standard delivery to the
7818 user's maildrop is performed.
7821 _
\bS_
\bu_
\bb-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\bi_
\br_
\bo_
\bn_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
7823 When a process is invoked, its environment is: the user/group-ids
7824 are set to recipient's ids; the working directory is the
7825 recipient's home directory; the umask is 0077; the process has no
7826 /dev/tty; the standard input is set to the message; the standard
7827 output and diagnostic output are set to /dev/null; all other file-
7828 descriptors are closed; the envariables $USER, $HOME, $SHELL are
7829 set appropriately, and no other envariables exist.
7831 The process is given a certain amount of time to execute. If the
7832 process does not exit within this limit, the process will be ter-
7833 minated with extreme prejudice. The amount of time is calculated
7834 as ((size x 60) + 300) seconds, where size is the number of bytes
7837 The exit status of the process is consulted in determining the suc-
7838 cess of the action. An exit status of zero means that the action
7839 succeeded. Any other exit status (or abnormal termination) means
7840 that the action failed.
7842 In order to avoid any time limitations, you might implement a pro-
7843 cess that began by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. The parent would return the appropri-
7844 ate value immediately, and the child could continue on, doing what-
7845 ever it wanted for as long as it wanted. This approach is somewhat
7846 risky if the parent is going to return an exit status of zero. If
7847 the parent is going to return a non-zero exit status, then this
7849 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7859 SLOCAL(1) -119- SLOCAL(1)
7862 approach can lead to quicker delivery into your maildrop.
7864 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7865 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor MH tailor file
7866 $HOME/.maildelivery The file controlling local delivery
7867 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/maildelivery Rather than the standard file
7868 /usr/spool/mail/$USER The default maildrop
7871 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7872 rcvstore(1), mhook(1), mh-format(5) , maildelivery(5)
7875 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7877 `-maildelivery .maildelivery'
7878 `-mailbox /usr/spool/mail/$USER'
7879 `-file' defaults to stdin
7880 `-user' defaults to the current user
7883 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7887 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
7888 _
\bS_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is designed to be backward-compatible with the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by
7889 facility provided by _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI_
\bI. Thus, the ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file syntax
7890 is limited, as is the functionality of _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl.
7892 In addition to an exit status of zero, the _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF values _
\bR_
\bP__
\bM_
\bO_
\bK (32)
7893 and _
\bR_
\bP__
\bO_
\bK (9) mean that the message has been fully delivered. Any
7894 other non-zero exit status, including abnormal termination, is in-
7895 terpreted as the _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF value _
\bR_
\bP__
\bM_
\bE_
\bC_
\bH (200), which means "use an al-
7896 ternate route" (deliver the message to the maildrop).
7900 Only two return codes are meaningful, others should be.
7902 _
\bS_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is designed to be backwards-compatible with the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by
7903 functionality provided by MMDF-II.
7905 Versions of _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF with the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by mechanism aren't entirely
7906 backwards-compatible with earlier versions of _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF. If you have an
7907 _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI old-style hook, the best you can do is to have a one-line
7908 ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file:
7910 default - pipe A "bin/rcvmail $(address) $(info) $(sender)"
7915 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7925 SORTM(1) -120- SORTM(1)
7929 sortm - sort messages
7931 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7932 sortm [+folder] [msgs] [-datefield field] [-textfield field]
7933 [-notextfield] [-limit days] [-nolimit] [-verbose]
7934 [-noverbose] [-help]
7936 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7938 _
\bS_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm sorts the specified messages in the named folder according to
7939 the chronological order of the "Date:" field of each message.
7941 The `-verbose' switch directs _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm to tell the user the general
7942 actions that it is taking to place the folder in sorted order.
7944 The `-datefield field' switch tells _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm the name of the field to
7945 use when making the date comparison. If the user has a special
7946 field in each message, such as "BB-Posted:" or "Delivery-Date:",
7947 then the `-datefield' switch can be used to direct _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm which
7950 The `-textfield field' switch causes _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm to sort messages by the
7951 specified text field. If this field is "subject", any leading
7952 "re:" is stripped off. In any case, all characters except letters
7953 and numbers are stripped and the resulting strings are sorted
7954 datefield-major, textfield-minor, using a case insensitive com-
7957 With `-textfield field', if `-limit days' is specified, messages
7958 with similar textfields that are dated within `days' of each other
7959 appear together. Specifying `-nolimit' makes the limit infinity.
7960 With `-limit 0', the sort is instead made textfield-major,
7963 For example, to order a folder by date-major, subject-minor, use:
7965 sortm -textfield subject +folder
7968 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7969 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
7972 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7973 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
7974 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
7977 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7981 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7991 SORTM(1) -121- SORTM(1)
7994 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7995 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
7996 `msgs' defaults to all
8003 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8004 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. If the
8005 current message is moved, _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm will preserve its status as
8009 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
8010 Timezones used to be ignored when comparing dates: they aren't any
8013 Messages which were in the folder, but not specified by `msgs',
8014 used to be moved to the end of the folder; now such messages are
8017 Previously, _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm would try to fill any gaps in a folder within the
8018 range of messages it sorted. To improve performance, _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm now
8019 minimizes the number of message moves. To pack a folder, use
8020 "_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br -_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk" instead.
8024 If _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm encounters a message without a date-field, or if the mes-
8025 sage has a date-field that _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm cannot parse, then _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm attempts
8026 to keep the message in the same relative position. This does not
8027 always work. For instance, if the first message encountered lacks
8028 a date which can be parsed, then it will usually be placed at the
8029 end of the messages being sorted.
8031 When _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm complains about a message which it can't temporally ord-
8032 er, it complains about the message number _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bo_
\br to sorting. It
8033 should indicate what the message number will be _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br sorting.
8047 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8061 vmh - visual front-end to MH
8063 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8064 vmh [-prompt string] [-vmhproc program] [-novmhproc]
8065 [switches for _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
8067 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8069 _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh is a program which implements the server side of the _
\bM_
\bH window
8070 management protocol and uses _
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bs (3) routines to maintain a
8071 split-screen interface to any program which implements the client
8072 side of the protocol. This latter program, called the _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, is
8073 specified using the `-vmhproc program' switch.
8075 The upshot of all this is that one can run _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh on a display termi-
8076 nal and get a nice visual interface. To do this, for example, just
8081 to your .mh_profile. (This takes advantage of the fact that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is
8082 the default _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc for _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh.)
8084 In order to facilitate things, if the `-novmhproc' switch is given,
8085 and _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh can't run on the user's terminal, the _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is run
8086 directly without the window management protocol.
8088 After initializing the protocol, _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh prompts the user for a command
8089 to be given to the client. Usually, this results in output being
8090 sent to one or more windows. If a output to a window would cause
8091 it to scroll, _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh prompts the user for instructions, roughly per-
8092 mitting the capabilities of _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs or _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (e.g., the ability to
8093 scroll backwards and forwards):
8095 SPACE advance to the next windowful
8096 RETURN * advance to the next line
8097 y * retreat to the previous line
8098 d * advance to the next ten lines
8099 u * retreat to the previous ten lines
8100 g * go to an arbitrary line
8101 (preceed g with the line number)
8102 G * go to the end of the window
8103 (if a line number is given, this acts like `g')
8104 CTRL-L refresh the entire screen
8105 h print a help message
8108 (A `*' indicates that a numeric prefix is meaningful for this com-
8111 Note that if a command resulted in more than one window's worth of
8113 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8126 information being displayed, and you allow the command which is
8127 generating information for the window to gracefully finish (i.e.,
8128 you don't use the `q' command to abort information being sent to
8129 the window), then _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh will give you one last change to peruse the
8130 window. This is useful for scrolling back and forth. Just type
8131 `q' when you're done.
8133 To abnormally terminate _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh (without core dump), use <QUIT> (usu-
8134 ally CTRL-\). For instance, this does the "right" thing with _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc
8137 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8138 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
8141 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8142 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
8145 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8149 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8154 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8159 The argument to the `-prompt' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
8160 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh. Therefore, one must usu-
8161 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
8163 At present, there is no way to pass signals (e.g., interrupt, quit)
8164 to the client. However, generating QUIT when _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh is reading a com-
8165 mand from the terminal is sufficient to tell the client to go away
8168 Acts strangely (loses peer or botches window management protocol
8169 with peer) on random occasions.
8179 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8189 WHATNOW(1) -124- WHATNOW(1)
8193 whatnow - prompting front-end for send
8195 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8196 whatnow [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
8197 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-prompt string] [file] [-help]
8199 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8201 _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw is the default program that queries the user about the
8202 disposition of a composed draft. It is normally invoked by one of
8203 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl after the initial edit.
8205 When started, the editor is started on the draft (unless `-noedit'
8206 is given, in which case the initial edit is suppressed). Then,
8207 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw repetitively prompts the user with "What now?" and awaits a
8208 response. The valid responses are:
8210 display to list the message being distributed/replied-to on
8212 edit to re-edit using the same editor that was used on the
8213 preceding round unless a profile entry
8214 "<lasteditor>-next: <editor>" names an alternate editor
8215 edit <editor> to invoke <editor> for further editing
8216 list to list the draft on the terminal
8217 push to send the message in the background
8218 quit to terminate the session and preserve the draft
8219 quit -delete to terminate, then delete the draft
8220 refile +folder to refile the draft into the given folder
8221 send to send the message
8222 send -watch to cause the delivery process to be monitored
8223 whom to list the addresses that the message will go to
8224 whom -check to list the addresses and verify that they are
8225 acceptable to the transport service
8227 For the edit response, any valid switch to the editor is valid.
8228 Similarly, for the send and whom responses, any valid switch to
8229 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) and _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm (1) commands, respectively, are valid. For the
8230 push response, any valid switch to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) is valid (as this
8231 merely invokes _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd with the `-push' option). For the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
8232 response, any valid switch to the _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is valid. For the
8233 display and list responses, any valid argument to the _
\bl_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is
8234 valid. If any non-switch arguments are present, then the pathname
8235 of the draft will be excluded from the argument list given to the
8236 _
\bl_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc (this is useful for listing another _
\bM_
\bH message).
8238 See _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (5) for further information about how editors are
8239 used by MH. It also discusses how complex envariables can be used
8240 to direct _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw's actions.
8242 The `-prompt string' switch sets the prompting string for _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw.
8245 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8255 WHATNOW(1) -125- WHATNOW(1)
8258 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
8259 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
8260 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
8261 manual for more information.
8263 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8264 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
8265 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
8268 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8269 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
8270 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
8271 Editor: To override the default editor
8272 <lasteditor>-next: To name an editor to be used after exit from
8274 automhnproc: Program to automatically run prior to sending
8275 if the draft is an _
\bm_
\bh_
\bn composition file
8276 fileproc: Program to refile the message
8277 lproc: Program to list the contents of a message
8278 sendproc: Program to use to send the message
8279 whomproc: Program to determine who a message would go to
8282 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8286 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8287 `-prompt "What Now? "'
8290 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8311 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8321 WHATNOW(1) -126- WHATNOW(1)
8325 The argument to the `-prompt' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
8326 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw. Therefore, one must
8327 usually place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
8329 If the initial edit fails, _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw deletes your draft (by renaming
8330 it with a leading comma); failure of a later edit preverves the
8333 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl use a
8334 built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, and do not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
8335 Hence, if you define your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw
8336 since it won't be run.
8338 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, then _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw uses a built-in _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, it does not
8339 actually run the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd program. Hence, if you define your own
8340 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd since _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw won't run it.
8377 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8387 WHOM(1) -127- WHOM(1)
8391 whom - report to whom a message would go
8393 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8394 whom [-alias aliasfile] [-check] [-nocheck] [-draft]
8395 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
8398 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8400 _
\bW_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm is used to expand the headers of a message into a set of
8401 addresses and optionally verify that those addresses are deliver-
8402 able at that time (if `-check' is given).
8404 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
8405 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
8406 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
8407 manual for more information.
8409 The files specified by the profile entry "Aliasfile:" and any addi-
8410 tional alias files given by the `-alias aliasfile' switch will be
8411 read (more than one file, each preceeded by `-alias', can be
8412 named). See _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (5) for more information.
8414 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8415 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
8418 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8419 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
8420 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
8421 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
8422 postproc: Program to post the message
8425 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8426 mh-alias(5), post(8)
8429 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8430 `file' defaults to <mh-dir>/draft
8432 `-alias /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases'
8435 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8443 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8453 WHOM(1) -128- WHOM(1)
8457 With the `-check' option, _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm makes no guarantees that the ad-
8458 dresses listed as being ok are really deliverable, rather, an ad-
8459 dress being listed as ok means that at the time that _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm was run
8460 the address was thought to be deliverable by the transport service.
8461 For local addresses, this is absolute; for network addresses, it
8462 means that the host is known; for uucp addresses, it (often) means
8463 that the _
\bU_
\bU_
\bC_
\bP network is available for use.
8509 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8522 _
\bM_
\bO_
\bR_
\bE _
\bD_
\bE_
\bT_
\bA_
\bI_
\bL_
\bS
8524 This section describes some of the more intense points of the _
\bM_
\bH
8525 system, by expanding on topics previously discussed. The format
8526 presented conforms to the standard form for the description of UNIX
8585 MH-ALIAS(5) -130- MH-ALIAS(5)
8589 mh-alias - alias file for MH message system
8591 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8592 any _
\bM_
\bH command
8594 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8596 This describes both _
\bM_
\bH personal alias files and the (primary) alias
8597 file for mail delivery, the file
8599 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases
8601 It does not describe aliases files used by the message transport
8602 system. Each line of the alias file has the format:
8604 alias : address-group
8606 alias ; address-group
8614 address-group := address-list
8620 address-list := address
8621 | address-list, address
8623 Continuation lines in alias files end with `\' followed by the new-
8626 Alias-file and file are UNIX file names. UNIX-group is a group
8627 name (or number) from /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp. An address is a "simple"
8628 Internet-style address. Througout this file, case is ignored,
8629 except for alias-file names.
8631 If the line starts with a `<', then the file named after the `<' is
8632 read for more alias definitions. The reading is done recursively,
8633 so a `<' may occur in the beginning of an alias file with the
8636 If the address-group starts with a `<', then the file named after
8637 the `<' is read and its contents are added to the address-list for
8641 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8651 MH-ALIAS(5) -131- MH-ALIAS(5)
8654 If the address-group starts with an `=', then the file /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp
8655 is consulted for the UNIX-group named after the `='. Each login
8656 name occurring as a member of the group is added to the
8657 address-list for the alias.
8659 In contrast, if the address-group starts with a `+', then the file
8660 /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp is consulted to determine the group-id of the UNIX-group
8661 named after the `+'. Each login name occurring in the /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd
8662 file whose group-id is indicated by this group is added to the
8663 address-list for the alias.
8665 If the address-group is simply `*', then the file /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd is
8666 consulted and all login names with a userid greater than some magic
8667 number (usually 200) are added to the address-list for the alias.
8669 In match, a trailing * on an alias will match just about anything
8670 appropriate. (See example below.)
8672 An approximation of the way aliases are resolved at posting time is
8673 (it's not really done this way):
8675 1) Build a list of all addresses from the message to be
8676 delivered, eliminating duplicate addresses.
8678 2) If this draft originated on the local host, then for those
8679 addresses in the message that have no host specified, perform
8682 3) For each line in the alias file, compare "alias" against
8683 all of the existing addresses. If a match, remove the matched
8684 "alias" from the address list, and add each new address in the
8685 address-group to the address list if it is not already on the
8686 list. The alias itself is not usually output, rather the
8687 address-group that the alias maps to is output instead. If
8688 "alias" is terminated with a `;' instead of a `:', then both
8689 the "alias" and the address are output in the correct format.
8690 (This makes replies possible since _
\bM_
\bH aliases and personal
8691 aliases are unknown to the mail transport system.)
8693 Since the alias file is read line by line, forward references work,
8694 but backward references are not recognized, thus, there is no
8707 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8717 MH-ALIAS(5) -132- MH-ALIAS(5)
8721 </usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/BBoardAliases
8722 sgroup: fred, fear, freida
8723 b-people: Blind List: bill, betty;
8725 UNIX-committee: <unix.aliases
8731 The first line says that more aliases should immediately be read
8732 from the file /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bb_
\bs/_
\bm_
\bh-_
\b6._
\b8/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bA_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs. Following this,
8733 "fred" is defined as an alias for "frated@UCI", and "sgroup" is
8734 defined as an alias for the three names "frated@UCI", "fear", and
8737 The alias "b-people" is a blind list which includes the addresses
8738 "bill" and "betty"; the message will be delieved to those
8739 addresses, but the message header will show only "Blind List: ;"
8740 (not the addresses).
8742 Next, the definition of "UNIX-committee" is given by reading the
8743 file _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bx._
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs in the users _
\bM_
\bH directory, "staff" is defined as
8744 all users who are listed as members of the group "staff" in the
8745 /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp file, and "wheels" is defined as all users whose
8746 group-id in /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd is equivalent to the "wheel" group.
8748 Finally, "everyone" is defined as all users with a user-id in
8749 /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd greater than 200, and all aliases of the form
8750 "news.<anything>" are defined to be "news".
8752 The key thing to understand about aliasing in _
\bM_
\bH is that aliases in
8753 _
\bM_
\bH alias files are expanded into the headers of messages posted.
8754 This aliasing occurs first, at posting time, without the knowledge
8755 of the message transport system. In contrast, once the message
8756 transport system is given a message to deliver to a list of
8757 addresses, for each address that appears to be local, a system-wide
8758 alias file is consulted. These aliases are NOT expanded into the
8759 headers of messages delivered.
8761 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8763 To use aliasing in _
\bM_
\bH quickly, do the following:
8765 First, in your ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, choose a name for your alias file,
8766 say "aliases", and add the line:
8770 Second, create the file "aliases" in your _
\bM_
\bH directory.
8773 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8783 MH-ALIAS(5) -133- MH-ALIAS(5)
8786 Third, start adding aliases to your "aliases" file as
8789 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8790 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases Primary alias file
8793 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8794 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
8797 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8798 ali(1), send(1), whom(1), group(5), passwd(5), conflict(8), post(8)
8801 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8805 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8809 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
8810 In previous releases of _
\bM_
\bH, only a single, system-wide mh-alias
8811 file was supported. Now that _
\bM_
\bH uses _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF as a transport system,
8812 the system-wide aliasing facility can be more consistently con-
8813 trolled by the latter. This means that at most sites, the
8814 system-wide mh-alias file will be empty (or trivial at best).
8815 Hence, the semantics of mh-alias were extended to support personal
8816 alias files. Users of _
\bM_
\bH no longer need to bother mail-system ad-
8817 ministrators for keeping information in the system-wide alias file,
8818 as each _
\bM_
\bH user can create/modify/remove aliases at will from any
8819 number of personal files.
8823 Although the forward-referencing semantics of _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs files
8824 prevent recursion, the "< alias-file" command may defeat this.
8825 Since the number of file descriptors is finite (and very limited),
8826 such infinite recursion will terminate with a meaningless diagnos-
8827 tic when all the fds are used up.
8829 Forward references do not work correctly inside blind lists.
8839 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8849 MH-FORMAT(5) -134- MH-FORMAT(5)
8853 mh-format - format file for MH message system
8855 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8856 some _
\bM_
\bH commands
8858 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8860 Several _
\bM_
\bH commands utilize either a _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt string or a _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt file
8861 during their execution. For example, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn (1) uses a format string
8862 which directs it how to generate the scan listing for each message;
8863 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) uses a format file which directs it how to generate the
8864 reply to a message, and so on.
8866 Format strings are designed to be efficiently parsed by _
\bM_
\bH which
8867 means they are not necessarily simple to write and understand.
8868 This means that novice, casual, or even advanced users of _
\bM_
\bH should
8869 not have to deal with them. Some canned scan listing formats are
8870 in /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/scan.time, /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/scan.size, and
8871 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/scan.timely. Look in /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib for
8872 other _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl format files which may have been written at
8875 It suffices to have your local _
\bM_
\bH expert actually write new format
8876 commands or modify existing ones. This manual section explains how
8877 to do that. Note: familiarity with the C _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bf routine is
8880 A format string consists of ordinary text, and special multi-
8881 character _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be sequences which begin with `%'. When specifying a
8882 format string, the usual C backslash characters are honored: `\b',
8883 `\f', `\n', `\r', and `\t'. Continuation lines in format files end
8884 with `\' followed by the newline character. There are three types
8885 of _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be sequences: header _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs, built-in _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs, and
8886 flow _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bl.
8888 A _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escape is specified as `%{_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt}', and exists for
8889 each header found in the message being processed. For example
8890 `%{date}' refers to the "Date:" field of the appropriate message.
8891 All component escapes have a string value. Normally, component
8892 values are compressed by converting any control characters (tab and
8893 newline included) to spaces, then eliding any leading or multiple
8894 spaces. However, commands may give different interpretations to
8895 some component escapes; be sure to refer to each command's manual
8896 entry for complete details.
8898 A _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn escape is specified as `%(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn)'. All functions are
8899 built-in, and most have a string or numeric value.
8905 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8915 MH-FORMAT(5) -135- MH-FORMAT(5)
8918 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bl-_
\bf_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
8920 A _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bl escape is one of: `%<', `%?', `%|', or `%>'. These are
8921 combined into the conditional execution construct:
8924 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\b1
8926 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\b2
8928 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\b3
8931 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bN
8934 Extra white space is shown here only for clarity. These constructs
8935 may be nested without ambiguity. They form a general
8936 if-elseif-else-endif block where only one of the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt seg-
8937 ments is interpreted.
8939 The `%<' and `%?' control escapes causes a condition to be
8940 evaluated. This condition may be either a _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt or a _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn.
8941 The four constructs have the following syntax:
8948 These control escapes test whether the function or component value
8949 is non-zero (for integer-valued escapes), or non-empty (for
8950 string-valued escapes).
8952 If this test evaulates true, then the format text up to the next
8953 corresponding control escape (one of `%|', `%?', or `%>') is inter-
8954 preted normally. Next, all format text (if any) up to the
8955 corresponding `%>' control escape is skipped. The `%>' control
8956 escape is not interpreted; normal interpretation resumes after the
8959 If the test evaluates false, however, then the format text up to
8960 the next corresponding control escape (again, one of `%|', `%?', or
8961 `%>') is skipped, instead of being interpreted. If the control
8962 escape encountered was `%?', then the condition associated with
8963 that control escape is evaluated, and interpretation proceeds after
8964 that test as described in the previous paragraph. If the control
8965 escape encountered was `%|', then the format text up to the
8966 corresponding `%>' escape is interpreted normally. As above, the
8967 `%>' escape is not interpreted and normal interpretation resumes
8968 after the `%>' escape.
8971 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8981 MH-FORMAT(5) -136- MH-FORMAT(5)
8984 The `%?' control escape and its following format text is optional,
8985 and may be included zero or more times. The `%|' control escape
8986 and its following format text is also optional, and may be included
8990 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
8992 Most functions expect an argument of a particular type:
8994 _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bE_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx
8995 literal A literal number, %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc 1234)
8996 or string %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc text string)
8997 comp Any header component %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc{_
\bi_
\bn-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by-_
\bt_
\bo})
8998 date A date component %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc{_
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be})
8999 addr An address component %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc{_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm})
9000 expr An optional component, %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\b2))
9001 function or control, %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc %<{_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by-_
\bt_
\bo}%|%{_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm}%>)
9002 perhaps nested %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\b2{_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp}))
9004 The types _
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be and _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br have the same syntax as _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, but require
9005 that the header component be a date string, or address string,
9008 All arguments except those of type _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br are required. For the _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br
9009 argument type, the leading `%' must be omitted for component and
9010 function escape arguments, and must be present (with a leading
9011 space) for control escape arguments.
9013 The evaluation of format strings is based on a simple machine with
9014 an integer register _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm, and a text string register _
\bs_
\bt_
\br. When a
9015 function escape is processed, if it accepts an optional _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br argu-
9016 ment which is not present, it reads the current value of either _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
9017 or _
\bs_
\bt_
\br as appropriate.
9020 _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be_
\bs
9022 Component escapes write the value of their message header in _
\bs_
\bt_
\br.
9023 Function escapes write their return value in _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm for functions
9024 returning _
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\br or _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn values, and in _
\bs_
\bt_
\br for functions
9025 returning string values. (The _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn type is a subset of integers
9026 with usual values 0=false and 1=true.) Control escapes return a
9027 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn value, and set _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm.
9029 All component escapes, and those function escapes which return an
9030 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\br or _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg value, pass this value back to their caller in
9031 addition to setting _
\bs_
\bt_
\br or _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm. These escapes will print out this
9032 value unless called as part of an argument to another escape
9033 sequence. Escapes which return a _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn value do pass this value
9034 back to their caller in _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm, but will never print out the value.
9037 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9047 MH-FORMAT(5) -137- MH-FORMAT(5)
9050 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
9051 msg integer message number
9052 cur integer message is current
9053 size integer size of message
9054 strlen integer length of _
\bs_
\bt_
\br
9055 width integer output buffer size in bytes
9056 charleft integer bytes left in output buffer
9057 timenow integer seconds since the UNIX epoch
9058 me string the user's mailbox
9059 eq literal boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm == _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9060 ne literal boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm != _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9061 gt literal boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm > _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9062 match literal boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br contains _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9063 amatch literal boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br starts with _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9064 plus literal integer _
\ba_
\br_
\bg plus _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
9065 minus literal integer _
\ba_
\br_
\bg minus _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
9066 divide literal integer _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm divided by _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9067 modulo literal integer _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm modulo _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9068 num literal integer Set _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm to _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9069 lit literal string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9070 getenv literal string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to environment value of _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
9071 nonzero expr boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm is non-zero
9072 zero expr boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm is zero
9073 null expr boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br is empty
9074 nonnull expr boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br is non-empty
9075 void expr Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br or _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
9076 comp comp string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to component text
9077 compval comp integer _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm set to "atoi(_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp)"
9078 trim expr trim trailing white-space from _
\bs_
\bt_
\br
9079 putstr expr print _
\bs_
\bt_
\br
9080 putstrf expr print _
\bs_
\bt_
\br in a fixed width
9081 putnum expr print _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
9082 putnumf expr print _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm in a fixed width
9084 These functions require a date component as an argument:
9086 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
9087 sec date integer seconds of the minute
9088 min date integer minutes of the hour
9089 hour date integer hours of the day (0-23)
9090 wday date integer day of the week (Sun=0)
9091 day date string day of the week (abbrev.)
9092 weekday date string day of the week
9093 sday date integer day of the week known?
9094 (0=implicit,-1=unknown)
9095 mday date integer day of the month
9096 yday date integer day of the year
9097 mon date integer month of the year
9098 month date string month of the year (abbrev.)
9099 lmonth date string month of the year
9100 year date integer year (may be > 100)
9101 zone date integer timezone in hours
9103 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9113 MH-FORMAT(5) -138- MH-FORMAT(5)
9116 tzone date string timezone string
9117 szone date integer timezone explicit?
9118 (0=implicit,-1=unknown)
9119 date2local date coerce date to local timezone
9120 date2gmt date coerce date to GMT
9121 dst date integer daylight savings in effect?
9122 clock date integer seconds since the UNIX epoch
9123 rclock date integer seconds prior to current time
9124 tws date string official 822 rendering
9125 pretty date string user-friendly rendering
9126 nodate date integer _
\bs_
\bt_
\br not a date string
9128 These functions require an address component as an argument. The
9129 return value of functions noted with `*' pertain only to the first
9130 address present in the header component.
9132 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
9133 proper addr string official 822 rendering
9134 friendly addr string user-friendly rendering
9135 addr addr string mbox@host or host!mbox rendering*
9136 pers addr string the personal name*
9137 note addr string commentary text*
9138 mbox addr string the local mailbox*
9139 mymbox addr integer the user's addresses? (0=no,1=yes)
9140 host addr string the host domain*
9141 nohost addr integer no host was present*
9142 type addr integer host type* (0=local,1=network,
9144 path addr string any leading host route*
9145 ingrp addr integer address was inside a group*
9146 gname addr string name of group*
9147 formataddr expr append _
\ba_
\br_
\bg to _
\bs_
\bt_
\br as a
9148 (comma separated) address list
9149 putaddr literal print _
\bs_
\bt_
\br address list with
9150 _
\ba_
\br_
\bg as optional label;
9151 get line width from _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
9153 When escapes are nested, evaluation is done from inner-most to
9154 outer-most. The outer-most escape must begin with `%'; the inner
9155 escapes must not. For example,
9157 %<(mymbox{from}) To: %{to}%>
9159 writes the value of the header component "From:" to _
\bs_
\bt_
\br; then (_
\bm_
\by_
\bm_
\b-
9160 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bx) reads _
\bs_
\bt_
\br and writes its result to _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm; then the control
9161 escape evaluates _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm. If _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm is non-zero, the string "To: " is
9162 printed followed by the value of the header component "To:".
9164 A minor explanation of (_
\bm_
\by_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx{_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp}) is in order. In general, it
9165 checks each of the addresses in the header component "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp" against
9166 the user's mailbox name and any _
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be-_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs. It returns
9167 true if any address matches, however, it also returns true if the
9169 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9179 MH-FORMAT(5) -139- MH-FORMAT(5)
9182 "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp" header is not present in the message. If needed, the (_
\bn_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl)
9183 function can be used to explicitly test for this condition.
9185 When a function or component escape is interpreted and the result
9186 will be immediately printed, an optional field width can be speci-
9187 fied to print the field in exactly a given number of characters.
9188 For example, a numeric escape like %4(_
\bs_
\bi_
\bz_
\be) will print at most 4
9189 digits of the message size; overflow will be indicated by a `?' in
9190 the first position (like `?234'). A string escape like %4(_
\bm_
\be) will
9191 print the first 4 characters and truncate at the end. Short fields
9192 are padded at the right with the fill character (normally, a
9193 blank). If the field width argument begins with a leading zero,
9194 then the fill character is set to a zero.
9196 As above, the functions (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bf) and (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf) print their result
9197 in exactly the number of characters specified by their leading
9198 field width argument. For example, %06(_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bf(_
\bs_
\bi_
\bz_
\be)) will print
9199 the message size in a field six characters wide filled with leading
9200 zeros; %14(_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf{_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm}) will print the "From:" header component
9201 in fourteen characters with trailing spaces added as needed. For
9202 _
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf, using a negative value for the field width causes right-
9203 justification of the string within the field, with padding on the
9204 left up to the field width. The functions (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bn_
\bu_
\bm) and (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br)
9205 print their result in the minimum number of characters required,
9206 and ignore any leading field width argument.
9208 The available output width is kept in an internal register; any
9209 output past this width will be truncated.
9211 Comments may be inserted in most places where a function argument
9212 is not expected. A comment begins with `%;' and ends with a (non-
9215 With all this in mind, here's the default format string for _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn.
9216 It's been divided into several pieces for readability. The first
9219 %4(msg)%<(cur)+%| %>%<{replied}-%?{encrypted}E%| %>
9221 which says that the message number should be printed in four
9222 digits, if the message is the current message then a `+' else a
9223 space should be printed, and if a "Replied:" field is present then
9224 a `-' else if an "Encrypted:" field is present then an `E' other-
9225 wise a space should be printed. Next:
9227 %02(mon{date})/%02(mday{date})
9229 the month and date are printed in two digits (zero filled)
9230 separated by a slash. Next,
9235 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9245 MH-FORMAT(5) -140- MH-FORMAT(5)
9248 If a "Date:" field was present, then a space is printed, otherwise
9251 %<(mymbox{from})%<{to}To:%14(friendly{to})%>%>
9253 if the message is from me, and there is a "To:" header, print `To:'
9254 followed by a "user-friendly" rendering of the first address in the
9255 "To:" field. Continuing,
9257 %<(zero)%17(friendly{from})%>
9259 if either of the above two tests failed, then the "From:" address
9260 is printed in a "user-friendly" format. And finally,
9262 %{subject}%<{body}<<%{body}%>
9264 the subject and initial body (if any) are printed.
9266 For a more complicated example, next consider the default _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bs
9269 %(lit)%(formataddr %<{reply-to}
9271 This clears _
\bs_
\bt_
\br and formats the "Reply-To:" header if present. If
9272 not present, the else-if clause is executed.
9274 %?{from}%?{sender}%?{return-path}%>)\
9276 This formats the "From:", "Sender:" and "Return-Path:" headers,
9277 stopping as soon as one of them is present. Next:
9279 %<(nonnull)%(void(width))%(putaddr To: )\n%>\
9281 If the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br result is non-null, it is printed as an address
9282 (with line folding if needed) in a field _
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh wide with a leading
9285 %(lit)%(formataddr{to})%(formataddr{cc})%(formataddr(me))\
9287 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br is cleared, and the "To:" and "Cc:" headers, along with the
9288 user's address (depending on what was specified with the "-cc"
9289 switch to _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl) are formatted.
9291 %<(nonnull)%(void(width))%(putaddr cc: )\n%>\
9293 If the result is non-null, it is printed as above with a leading
9296 %<{fcc}Fcc: %{fcc}\n%>\
9298 If a "-fcc folder" switch was given to _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (see _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) for more
9299 details about %{_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc}), an "Fcc:" header is output.
9301 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9311 MH-FORMAT(5) -141- MH-FORMAT(5)
9314 %<{subject}Subject: Re: %{subject}\n%>\
9316 If a subject component was present, a suitable reply subject is
9319 %<{date}In-reply-to: Your message of "\
9320 %<(nodate{date})%{date}%|%(pretty{date})%>."%<{message-id}
9321 %{message-id}%>\n%>\
9324 If a date component was present, an "In-Reply-To:" header is output
9325 with the preface "Your message of ". If the date was parseable, it
9326 is output in a user-friendly format, otherwise it is output as-is.
9327 The message-id is included if present. As with all plain-text, the
9328 row of dashes are output as-is.
9330 This last part is a good example for a little more elaboration.
9331 Here's that part again in pseudo-code:
9333 if (comp_exists(date)) then
9334 print ("In-reply-to: Your message of \"")
9335 if (not_date_string(date.value) then
9338 print (pretty(date.value))
9341 if (comp_exists(message-id)) then
9343 print (message-id.value)
9348 Although this seems complicated, in point of fact, this method is
9349 flexible enough to extract individual fields and print them in any
9350 format the user desires.
9352 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9356 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9360 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9361 scan(1), repl(1), ap(8), dp(8)
9364 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9367 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9377 MH-FORMAT(5) -142- MH-FORMAT(5)
9380 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9384 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
9385 This software was contributed for MH 6.3. Prior to this, output
9386 format specifications were much easier to write, but considerably
9391 On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the BERK option, address
9392 parsing is not enabled.
9433 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9443 MH-MAIL(5) -143- MH-MAIL(5)
9447 mh-mail - message format for MH message system
9449 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9450 any _
\bM_
\bH command
9452 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9454 _
\bM_
\bH processes messages in a particular format. It should be noted
9455 that although neither Bell nor Berkeley mailers produce message
9456 files in the format that _
\bM_
\bH prefers, _
\bM_
\bH can read message files in
9457 that antiquated format.
9459 Each user possesses a mail drop box which initially receives all
9460 messages processed by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8). _
\bI_
\bn_
\bc (1) will read from that drop
9461 box and incorporate the new messages found there into the user's
9462 own mail folders (typically `+inbox'). The mail drop box consists
9463 of one or more messages. To facilitate the separation of messages,
9464 each message begins and ends with a line consisting of nothing but
9465 four CTRL-A (octal 001) characters.
9467 Messages are expected to consist of lines of text. Graphics and
9468 binary data are not handled. No data compression is accepted. All
9469 text is clear ASCII 7-bit data.
9471 The general "memo" framework of RFC-822 is used. A message con-
9472 sists of a block of information in a rigid format, followed by gen-
9473 eral text with no specified format. The rigidly formatted first
9474 part of a message is called the header, and the free-format portion
9475 is called the body. The header must always exist, but the body is
9476 optional. These parts are separated by an empty line, i.e., two
9477 consecutive newline characters. Within _
\bM_
\bH, the header and body may
9478 be separated by a line consisting of dashes:
9485 The header is composed of one or more header items. Each header
9486 item can be viewed as a single logical line of ASCII characters.
9487 If the text of a header item extends across several real lines, the
9488 continuation lines are indicated by leading spaces or tabs.
9490 Each header item is called a component and is composed of a keyword
9491 or name, along with associated text. The keyword begins at the
9492 left margin, may NOT contain spaces or tabs, may not exceed 63
9493 characters (as specified by RFC-822), and is terminated by a colon
9494 (`:'). Certain components (as identified by their keywords) must
9495 follow rigidly defined formats in their text portions.
9497 The text for most formatted components (e.g., "Date:" and
9499 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9509 MH-MAIL(5) -144- MH-MAIL(5)
9512 "Message-Id:") is produced automatically. The only ones entered by
9513 the user are address fields such as "To:", "cc:", etc. Internet
9514 addresses are assigned mailbox names and host computer specifica-
9515 tions. The rough format is "local@domain", such as "MH@UCI", or
9516 "MH@UCI-ICSA.ARPA". Multiple addresses are separated by commas. A
9517 missing host/domain is assumed to be the local host/domain.
9519 As mentioned above, a blank line (or a line of dashes) signals that
9520 all following text up to the end of the file is the body. No for-
9521 matting is expected or enforced within the body.
9523 Following is a list of header components that are considered mean-
9524 ingful to various MH programs.
9526 Added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8), contains date and time of the message's
9527 entry into the transport system.
9530 Added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8), contains the address of the author or
9531 authors (may be more than one if a "Sender:" field is
9532 present). Replies are typically directed to addresses in the
9533 "Reply-To:" or "From:" field (the former has precedence if
9537 Added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) in the event that the message already has a
9538 "From:" line. This line contains the address of the actual
9539 sender. Replies are never sent to addresses in the "Sender:"
9543 Contains addresses of primary recipients.
9546 Contains addresses of secondary recipients.
9549 Still more recipients. However, the "Bcc:" line is not copied
9550 onto the message as delivered, so these recipients are not
9551 listed. _
\bM_
\bH uses an encapsulation method for blind copies, see
9552 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1).
9555 Causes _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) to copy the message into the specified folder
9556 for the sender, if the message was successfully given to the
9560 A unique message identifier added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) if the `-msgid'
9565 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9575 MH-MAIL(5) -145- MH-MAIL(5)
9578 Sender's commentary. It is displayed by _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn (1).
9581 A commentary line added by _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) when replying to a mes-
9585 Added when redistributing a message by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8).
9588 Added when redistributing a message by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8).
9591 New recipients for a message resent by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1).
9594 Still more recipients. See "cc:" and "Resent-To:".
9597 Even more recipients. See "Bcc:" and "Resent-To:".
9600 Copy resent message into a folder. See "Fcc:" and
9604 A unique identifier glued on by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) if the `-msgid' flag
9605 is set. See "Message-Id:" and "Resent-To:".
9608 Annotation for _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1) under the `-annotate' option.
9611 Annotation for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw (1) under the `-annotate' option.
9614 Annotation for _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) under the `-annotate' option.
9617 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9618 /usr/spool/mail/$USER Location of mail drop
9621 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9625 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9626 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
9631 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9641 MH-MAIL(5) -146- MH-MAIL(5)
9644 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9648 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9697 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9707 MH-PROFILE(5) -147- MH-PROFILE(5)
9711 mh-profile - user profile customization for MH message handler
9713 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9714 ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
9716 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9718 Each user of _
\bM_
\bH is expected to have a file named ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be in his
9719 or her home directory. This file contains a set of user parameters
9720 used by some or all of the _
\bM_
\bH family of programs. Each line of the
9721 file is of the format
9723 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt: _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
9725 The possible profile components are exemplified below. Only
9726 `Path:' is mandatory. The others are optional; some have default
9727 values if they are not present. In the notation used below, (pro-
9728 file, default) indicates whether the information is kept in the
9729 user's _
\bM_
\bH profile or _
\bM_
\bH context, and indicates what the default
9733 Locates _
\bM_
\bH transactions in directory "Mail". (profile,
9737 Declares the location of the _
\bM_
\bH context file, see the
9738 HISTORY section below. (profile, default:
9741 Current-Folder: inbox
9742 Keeps track of the current open folder. (context,
9743 default: folder specified by "Inbox")
9746 Defines the name of your inbox. (profile, default:
9749 Previous-Sequence: pseq
9750 Names the sequences which should be defined as the `msgs'
9751 or `msg' argument given to the program. If not present,
9752 or empty, no sequences are defined. Otherwise, for each
9753 name given, the sequence is first zero'd and then each
9754 message is added to the sequence. (profile, no default)
9756 Sequence-Negation: not
9757 Defines the string which, when prefixed to a sequence
9758 name, negates that sequence. Hence, "notseen" means all
9759 those messages that are not a member of the sequence
9760 "seen". (profile, no default)
9763 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9773 MH-PROFILE(5) -148- MH-PROFILE(5)
9776 Unseen-Sequence: unseen
9777 Names the sequences which should be defined as those mes-
9778 sages recently incorporated by _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw knows to remove
9779 messages from this sequence once it thinks they have been
9780 seen. If not present, or empty, no sequences are
9781 defined. Otherwise, each message is added to each
9782 sequence name given. (profile, no default)
9784 mh-sequences: .mh_sequences
9785 The name of the file in each folder which defines public
9786 sequences. To disable the use of public sequences, leave
9787 the value portion of this entry blank. (profile,
9788 default: .mh_sequences)
9790 atr-_
\bs_
\be_
\bq-_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br: 172 178-181 212
9791 Keeps track of the private sequence called _
\bs_
\be_
\bq in the
9792 specified folder. (context, no default)
9795 Defines editor to be used by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1), _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1),
9796 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw (1), and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1). (profile, default: prompter)
9799 Defines octal protection bits for message files. See
9800 _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd (1) for an explanation of the octal number. (pro-
9801 file, default: 0644)
9804 Defines protection bits for folder directories. (pro-
9805 file, default: 0711)
9807 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm: default switches
9808 Sets default switches to be used whenever the mh program
9809 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm is invoked. For example, one could override the
9810 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br: profile component when replying to messages by
9811 adding a component such as:
9812 repl: -editor /bin/ed
9813 (profile, no defaults)
9815 _
\bl_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br-next: nexteditor
9816 Names "nexteditor" to be the default editor after using
9817 "lasteditor". This takes effect at "What now?" level in
9818 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. After editing the draft with
9819 "lasteditor", the default editor is set to be "nextedi-
9820 tor". If the user types "edit" without any arguments to
9821 "What now?", then "nexteditor" is used. (profile, no
9825 Tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc which BBoards you are interested in. (profile,
9829 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9839 MH-PROFILE(5) -149- MH-PROFILE(5)
9842 Folder-Stack: _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
9843 The contents of the folder-stack for the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br command.
9844 (context, no default)
9847 If present, tells _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to compose an _
\bM_
\bH_
\bE auditfile in
9848 addition to its other tasks. _
\bM_
\bH_
\bE is Brian Reid's _
\bE_
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\bs
9849 front-end for _
\bM_
\bH. An early version is supplied with the
9850 _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6 distribution. (profile, no default)
9852 Alternate-Mailboxes: mh@uci-750a, bug-mh*
9853 Tells _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn which addresses are really yours. In
9854 this way, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl knows which addresses should be included
9855 in the reply, and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn knows if the message really ori-
9856 ginated from you. Addresses must be separated by a
9857 comma, and the hostnames listed should be the "official"
9858 hostnames for the mailboxes you indicate, as local nick-
9859 names for hosts are not replaced with their official site
9860 names. For each address, if a host is not given, then
9861 that address on any host is considered to be you. In
9862 addition, an asterisk (`*') may appear at either or both
9863 ends of the mailbox and host to indicate wild-card match-
9864 ing. (profile, default: your user-id)
9866 Aliasfile: aliases other-alias
9867 Indicates aliases files for _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi, _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm, and _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. This
9868 may be used instead of the `-alias file' switch. (pro-
9871 Draft-Folder: drafts
9872 Indicates a default draft folder for _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
9873 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. (profile, no default)
9875 digest-issue-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt: 1
9876 Tells _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw the last issue of the last volume sent for the
9877 digest _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt. (context, no default)
9879 digest-volume-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt: 1
9880 Tells _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw the last volume sent for the digest _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt.
9881 (context, no default)
9884 Tells _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc your maildrop, if different from the default.
9885 This is superceded by the MAILDROP envariable. (profile,
9886 default: /usr/spool/mail/$USER)
9888 Signature: RAND MH System (agent: Marshall Rose)
9889 Tells _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd your mail signature. This is superceded by
9890 the SIGNATURE envariable. On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was config-
9891 ured with the UCI option, if SIGNATURE is not set and
9892 this profile entry is not present, the file
9893 $HOME/.signature is consulted. Your signature will be
9895 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9905 MH-PROFILE(5) -150- MH-PROFILE(5)
9908 added to the address _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd puts in the "From:" header; do
9909 not include an address in the signature text. (profile,
9912 The following profile elements are used whenever an _
\bM_
\bH program
9913 invokes some other program such as _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1). The ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be can
9914 be used to select alternate programs if the user wishes. The
9915 default values are given in the examples.
9917 fileproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/refile
9918 incproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/inc
9919 installproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/install-mh
9920 lproc: /usr/ucb/more
9921 mailproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/mhmail
9922 mhlproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl
9923 moreproc: /usr/ucb/more
9924 mshproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/msh
9925 packproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/packf
9926 postproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/post
9928 rmfproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/rmf
9929 sendproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/send
9930 showproc: /usr/ucb/more
9931 whatnowproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/whatnow
9932 whomproc: /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/whom
9934 If you define the envariable MH, you can specify a profile other
9935 than ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to be read by the _
\bM_
\bH programs that you invoke. If
9936 the value of MH is not absolute, (i.e., does not begin with a / ),
9937 it will be presumed to start from the current working directory.
9938 This is one of the very few exceptions in _
\bM_
\bH where non-absolute
9939 pathnames are not considered relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory.
9941 Similarly, if you define the envariable MHCONTEXT, you can specify
9942 a context other than the normal context file (as specified in the
9943 _
\bM_
\bH profile). As always, unless the value of MHCONTEXT is absolute,
9944 it will be presumed to start from your _
\bM_
\bH directory.
9946 _
\bM_
\bH programs also support other envariables:
9948 MAILDROP : tells _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc the default maildrop
9949 This supercedes the "MailDrop:" profile entry.
9951 SIGNATURE : tells _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt your mail signature
9952 This supercedes the "Signature:" profile entry.
9954 HOME : tells all _
\bM_
\bH programs your home directory
9956 SHELL : tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bl the default shell to run
9958 TERM : tells _
\bM_
\bH your terminal type
9959 The TERMCAP envariable is also consulted. In particular,
9961 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9971 MH-PROFILE(5) -151- MH-PROFILE(5)
9974 these tell _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl how to clear your terminal, and how
9975 many columns wide your terminal is. They also tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl how
9976 many lines long your terminal screen is.
9978 editalt : the alternate message
9979 This is set by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl during edit sessions so you can
9980 peruse the message being distributed or replied to. The mes-
9981 sage is also available through a link called "@" in the
9982 current directory if your current working directory and the
9983 folder the message lives in are on the same UNIX filesystem.
9985 mhdraft : the path to the working draft
9986 This is set by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl to tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
9987 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc which file to ask "What now?" questions about. In
9988 addition, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl set mhfolder if appropriate.
9989 Further, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl set mhaltmsg to tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
9990 about an alternate message associated with the draft (the mes-
9991 sage being distributed or replied to), and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt sets mhdist to
9992 tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc that message re-distribution is occur-
9993 ring. Also, mheditor is set to tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc the
9994 user's choice of editor (unless overridden by `-noedit').
9995 Similarly, mhuse may be set by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp. Finally, mhmessages is
9996 set by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl if annotations are to occur (along
9997 with mhannotate, and mhinplace). It's amazing all the infor-
9998 mation that has to get passed via envariables to make the
9999 "What now?" interface look squeaky clean to the _
\bM_
\bH user, isn't
10000 it? The reason for all this is that the _
\bM_
\bH user can select
10001 _
\ba_
\bn_
\by program as the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, including one of the standard
10002 shells. As a result, it's not possible to pass information
10003 via an argument list.
10004 If the WHATNOW option was set during _
\bM_
\bH configuration (type
10005 `-help' to an _
\bM_
\bH command to find out), and if this envariable
10006 is set, if the commands _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, or _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm are not
10007 given any `msgs' arguments, then they will default to using
10008 the file indicated by mhdraft. This is useful for getting the
10009 default behavior supplied by the default _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc.
10011 mhfolder : the folder containing the alternate message
10012 This is set by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl during edit sessions so you can
10013 peruse other messages in the current folder besides the one
10014 being distributed or replied to. The mhfolder envariable is
10015 also set by _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, and _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt for use by _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl.
10018 If you define the envariable MHBBRC, you can specify a BBoards
10019 information file other than ._
\bb_
\bb_
\br_
\bc to be read by _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc. If the
10020 value of MHBBRC is not absolute, (i.e., does not begin with a
10021 / ), it will be presumed to start from the current working
10025 If the OVERHEAD option was set during _
\bM_
\bH configuration (type
10027 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10037 MH-PROFILE(5) -152- MH-PROFILE(5)
10040 `-help' to an _
\bM_
\bH command to find out), then if this envariable
10041 is set, _
\bM_
\bH considers it to be the number of a file descriptor
10042 which is opened, read-only to the _
\bM_
\bH profile. Similarly, if
10043 the envariable MHCONTEXTFD is set, this is the number of a
10044 file descriptor which is opened read-only to the _
\bM_
\bH context.
10045 This feature of _
\bM_
\bH is experimental, and is used to examine
10046 possible speed improvements for _
\bM_
\bH startup. Note that these
10047 envariables must be set and non-empty to enable this feature.
10048 However, if OVERHEAD is enabled during _
\bM_
\bH configuration, then
10049 when _
\bM_
\bH programs call other _
\bM_
\bH programs, this scheme is used.
10050 These file descriptors are not closed throughout the execution
10051 of the _
\bM_
\bH program, so children may take advantage of this.
10052 This approach is thought to be completely safe and does result
10053 in some performance enhancements.
10056 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10057 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
10058 or $MH Rather than the standard profile
10059 <mh-dir>/context The user context
10060 or $CONTEXT Rather than the standard context
10061 <folder>/.mh_sequences Public sequences for <folder>
10064 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10068 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
10069 mh(1), environ(5), mh-sequence(5)
10072 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
10076 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10093 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10103 MH-PROFILE(5) -153- MH-PROFILE(5)
10106 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
10107 In previous versions of _
\bM_
\bH, the current-message value of a writable
10108 folder was kept in a file called "cur" in the folder itself. In
10109 _
\bm_
\bh._
\b3, the ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be contained the current-message values for all
10110 folders, regardless of their writability.
10112 In all versions of _
\bM_
\bH since _
\bm_
\bh._
\b4, the ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be contains only
10113 static information, which _
\bM_
\bH programs will NOT update. Changes in
10114 context are made to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt file kept in the users MH _
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bo-
10115 _
\br_
\by. This includes, but is not limited to: the "Current-Folder" en-
10116 try and all private sequence information. Public sequence informa-
10117 tion is kept in a file called ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs in each folder.
10119 To convert from the format used in releases of _
\bM_
\bH prior to the for-
10120 mat used in the _
\bm_
\bh._
\b4 release, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh should be invoked with the
10121 `-compat' switch. This generally happens automatically on _
\bM_
\bH sys-
10122 tems generated with the "COMPAT" option during _
\bM_
\bH configuration.
10124 The ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be may override the path of the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt file, by
10125 specifying a "context" entry (this must be in lower-case). If the
10126 entry is not absolute (does not start with a / ), then it is inter-
10127 preted relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. As a result, you can
10128 actually have more than one set of private sequences by using dif-
10129 ferent context files.
10159 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10169 MH-PROFILE(5) -154- MH-PROFILE(5)
10173 The shell quoting conventions are not available in the .mh_profile.
10174 Each token is separated by whitespace.
10176 There is some question as to what kind of arguments should be
10177 placed in the profile as options. In order to provide a clear
10178 answer, recall command line semantics of all _
\bM_
\bH programs: conflict-
10179 ing switches (e.g., `-header and `-noheader') may occur more than
10180 one time on the command line, with the last switch taking effect.
10181 Other arguments, such as message sequences, filenames and folders,
10182 are always remembered on the invocation line and are not superseded
10183 by following arguments of the same type. Hence, it is safe to
10184 place only switches (and their arguments) in the profile.
10186 If one finds that an _
\bM_
\bH program is being invoked again and again
10187 with the same arguments, and those arguments aren't switches, then
10188 there are a few possible solutions to this problem. The first is
10189 to create a (soft) link in your $_
\bH_
\bO_
\bM_
\bE/_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn directory to the _
\bM_
\bH pro-
10190 gram of your choice. By giving this link a different name, you can
10191 create a new entry in your profile and use an alternate set of de-
10192 faults for the _
\bM_
\bH command. Similarly, you could create a small
10193 shell script which called the _
\bM_
\bH program of your choice with an al-
10194 ternate set of invocation line switches (using links and an alter-
10195 nate profile entry is preferable to this solution).
10197 Finally, the _
\bc_
\bs_
\bh user could create an alias for the command of the
10200 alias cmd 'cmd arg1 arg2 ...'
10202 In this way, the user can avoid lengthy type-in to the shell, and
10203 still give _
\bM_
\bH commands safely. (Recall that some _
\bM_
\bH commands in-
10204 voke others, and that in all cases, the profile is read, meaning
10205 that aliases are disregarded beyond an initial command invocation)
10225 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10235 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -155- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
10239 mh-sequence - sequence specification for MH message system
10241 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
10242 most _
\bM_
\bH commands
10244 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
10246 Most _
\bM_
\bH commands accept a `msg' or `msgs' specification, where
10247 `msg' indicates one message and `msgs' indicates one or more mes-
10248 sages. To designate a message, you may use either its number
10249 (e.g., 1, 10, 234) or one of these "reserved" message names:
10251 _
\bN_
\ba_
\bm_
\be _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
10252 first the first message in the folder
10253 last the last message in the folder
10254 cur the most recently accessed message
10255 prev the message numerically preceding "cur"
10256 next the message numerically following "cur"
10258 In commands that take a `msg' argument, the default is "cur". As a
10259 shorthand, "." is equivalent to "cur".
10261 For example: In a folder containing five messages numbered 5, 10,
10262 94, 177 and 325, "first" is 5 and "last" is 325. If "cur" is 94,
10263 then "prev" is 10 and "next" is 177.
10265 The word `msgs' indicates that one or more messages may be speci-
10266 fied. Such a specification consists of one message designation or
10267 of several message designations separated by spaces. A message
10268 designation consists either of a message name as defined above, or
10271 A message range is specified as "name1-name2" or "name:n", where
10272 `name', `name1' and `name2' are message names, and `n' is an
10275 The specification "name1-name2" designates all currently-existing
10276 messages from `name1' to `name2' inclusive. The message name "all"
10277 is a shorthand for the message range "first-last".
10279 The specification "name:n" designates up to `n' messages. These
10280 messages start with `name' if `name' is a message number or one of
10281 the reserved names "first" "cur", or "next", The messages end with
10282 `name' if `name' is "prev" or "last". The interpretation of `n'
10283 may be overridden by preceding `n' with a plus or minus sign; `+n'
10284 always means up to `n' messages starting with `name', and `-n'
10285 always means up to `n' messages ending with `name'.
10287 In commands which accept a `msgs' argument, the default is either
10288 "cur" or "all", depending on which makes more sense for each com-
10289 mand (see the individual man pages for details). Repeated
10291 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10301 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -156- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
10304 specifications of the same message have the same effect as a single
10305 specification of the message.
10308 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
10310 In addition to the "reserved" (pre-defined) message names given
10311 above, _
\bM_
\bH supports user-defined sequence names. User-defined
10312 sequences allow the _
\bM_
\bH user a tremendous amount of power in dealing
10313 with groups of messages in the same folder by allowing the user to
10314 bind a group of messages to a meaningful symbolic name.
10316 The name used to denote a message sequence must consist of an
10317 alphabetic character followed by zero or more alphanumeric charac-
10318 ters, and can not be one of the "reserved" message names above.
10319 After defining a sequence, it can be used wherever an _
\bM_
\bH command
10320 expects a `msg' or `msgs' argument.
10322 Some forms of message ranges are allowed with user-defined
10323 sequences. The specification "name:n" may be used, and it desig-
10324 nates up to the first `n' messages (or last `n' messages for `-n')
10325 which are elements of the user-defined sequence `name'.
10327 The specifications "name:next" and "name:prev" may also be used,
10328 and they designate the next or previous message (relative to the
10329 current message) which is an element of the user-defined sequence
10330 `name'. The specificaitions "name:first" and "name:last" are
10331 equivalent to "name:1" and "name:-1", respectively. The specifica-
10332 tion "name:cur" is not allowed (use just "cur" instead). The syn-
10333 tax of these message range specifcations is subject to change in
10336 User-defined sequence names are specific to each folder. They are
10337 defined using the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk commands.
10340 _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
10342 There are two varieties of sequences: _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
10343 sequences. _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences of a folder are accessible to any _
\bM_
\bH
10344 user that can read that folder and are kept in the .mh_sequences
10345 file in the folder. _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are accessible only to the
10346 _
\bM_
\bH user that defined those sequences and are kept in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
10347 context file. By default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk create _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences if
10348 the folder for which the sequences are being defined is writable by
10349 the _
\bM_
\bH user. Otherwise, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are created. This can
10350 be overridden with the `-public' and `-private' switches to _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk.
10353 _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be _
\bN_
\be_
\bg_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
10355 _
\bM_
\bH provides the ability to select all messages not elements of a
10357 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10367 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -157- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
10370 user-defined sequence. To do this, the user should define the
10371 entry "Sequence-Negation" in the _
\bM_
\bH profile file; its value may be
10372 any string. This string is then used to preface an existing user-
10373 defined sequence name. This specification then refers to those
10374 messages not elements of the specified sequence name. For example,
10375 if the profile entry is:
10377 Sequence-Negation: not
10379 then anytime an _
\bM_
\bH command is given "notfoo" as a `msg' or `msgs'
10380 argument, it would substitute all messages that are not elements of
10381 the sequence "foo".
10383 Obviously, the user should beware of defining sequences with names
10384 that begin with the value of the "Sequence-Negation" profile entry.
10387 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\bi_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
10389 _
\bM_
\bH provides the ability to remember the `msgs' or `msg' argument
10390 last given to an _
\bM_
\bH command. The entry "Previous-Sequence" should
10391 be defined in the _
\bM_
\bH profile; its value should be a sequence name
10392 or multiple sequence names separated by spaces. If this entry is
10393 defined, when when an _
\bM_
\bH command finishes, it will define the
10394 sequence(s) named in the value of this entry to be those messages
10395 that were specified to the command. Hence, a profile entry of
10397 Previous-Sequence: pseq
10399 directs any _
\bM_
\bH command that accepts a `msg' or `msgs' argument to
10400 define the sequence "pseq" as those messages when it finishes.
10402 Note: there can be a performance penalty in using the
10403 "Previous-Sequence" facility. If it is used, all _
\bM_
\bH programs have
10404 to write the sequence information to the .mh_sequences file for the
10405 folder each time they run. If the "Previous-Sequence" profile
10406 entry is not included, only _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk will write to the
10407 .mh_sequences file.
10410 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
10412 Finally, some users like to indicate messages which have not been
10413 previously seen by them. Both _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc and _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw honor the profile entry
10414 "Unseen-Sequence" to support this activity. This entry in the
10415 .mh_profile should be defined as one or more sequence names
10416 separated by spaces. If there is a value for "Unseen-Sequence" in
10417 the profile, then whenever _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc places new messages in a folder, the
10418 new messages will also be added to the sequence(s) named in the
10419 value of this entry. Hence, a profile entry of
10421 Unseen-Sequence: unseen
10423 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10433 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -158- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
10436 directs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to add new messages to the sequence "unseen". Unlike
10437 the behavior of the "Previous-Sequence" entry in the profile, how-
10438 ever, the sequence(s) will not be zeroed by _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc.
10440 Similarly, whenever _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (or _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt or _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv) displays a message, that
10441 message will be removed from any sequences named by the
10442 "Unseen-Sequence" entry in the profile.
10445 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10446 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
10447 <mh-dir>/context The user context
10448 <folder>/.mh_sequences Public sequences for <folder>
10451 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10452 Sequence-Negation: To designate messages not in a sequence
10453 Previous-Sequence: The last message specification given
10454 Unseen-Sequence: Those messages not yet seen by the user
10457 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
10458 mh(1), mark(1), pick(1), mh-profile(5)
10461 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
10465 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10470 User-defined sequences are stored in the .mh_sequences file as a
10471 series of message specifications separated by spaces. If a user-
10472 defined sequence contains too many individual message specifica-
10473 tions, that line in the file may become too long for _
\bM_
\bH to handle.
10474 This will generate the error message ".mh_sequences is poorly for-
10475 matted". You'll have to edit the file by hand to remove the of-
10478 This can happen to users who define the "Previous-Sequence" entry
10479 in the _
\bM_
\bH profile and have a folder containing many messages with
10480 gaps in the numbering. A workaround for large folders is to minim-
10481 ize numbering gaps by using "folder -pack" often.
10489 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10503 ap - parse addresses 822-style
10505 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
10506 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/ap [-form formatfile] [-format string]
10507 [-normalize] [-nonormalize] [-width columns] addrs ...
10510 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
10512 _
\bA_
\bp is a program that parses addresses according to the ARPA Inter-
10513 net standard. It also understands many non-standard formats. It
10514 is useful for seeing how _
\bM_
\bH will interpret an address.
10516 The _
\ba_
\bp program treats each argument as one or more addresses, and
10517 prints those addresses out in the official 822-format. Hence, it
10518 is usually best to enclose each argument in double-quotes for the
10521 To override the output format used by _
\ba_
\bp, the `-format string' or
10522 `-format file' switches are used. This permits individual fields
10523 of the address to be extracted with ease. The string is simply a
10524 format stringand thefile is simply a format file. See
10525 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
10527 In addition to the standard escapes, _
\ba_
\bp also recognizes the follow-
10528 ing additional escape:
10530 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
10531 error string A diagnostic if the parse failed
10533 If the `-normalize' switch is given, _
\ba_
\bp will try to track down the
10534 official hostname of the address.
10536 Here is the default format string used by _
\ba_
\bp:
10538 %<{error}%{error}: %{text}%|%(putstr(proper{text}))%>
10540 which says that if an error was detected, print the error, a `:',
10541 and the address in error. Otherwise, output the 822-proper format
10544 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10545 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
10546 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
10549 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10555 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10568 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
10570 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
10574 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
10575 `-format' defaults as described above
10577 `-width' defaults to the width of the terminal
10580 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10585 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
10586 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\ba_
\bp. Therefore, one must usual-
10587 ly place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
10589 On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the BERK option, address
10590 parsing is not enabled.
10621 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10631 CONFLICT(8) -161- CONFLICT(8)
10635 conflict - search for alias/password conflicts
10637 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
10638 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/conflict [-mail name] [-search directory]
10639 [aliasfiles...] [-help]
10641 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
10643 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt is a program that checks to see if the interface between
10644 _
\bM_
\bH and transport system is in good shape
10646 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt also checks for maildrops in /usr/spool/mail which do not
10647 belong to a valid user. It assumes that no user name will start
10648 with `.', and thus ignores files in /usr/spool/mail which begin
10649 with `.'. It also checks for entries in the _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp (5) file which
10650 do not belong to a valid user, and for users who do not have a
10651 valid group number. In addition duplicate users and groups are
10654 If the `-mail name' switch is used, then the results will be sent
10655 to the specified _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be. Otherwise, the results are sent to the
10658 The `-search directory' switch can be used to search directories
10659 other than /usr/spool/mail and to report anomalies in those direc-
10660 tories. The `-search directory' switch can appear more than one
10661 time in an invocation to _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt.
10663 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt should be run under _
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bn (8), or whenever system account-
10666 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10667 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
10668 /etc/passwd List of users
10669 /etc/group List of groups
10670 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/mhmail Program to send mail
10671 /usr/spool/mail/ Directory of mail drop
10674 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10678 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
10682 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
10683 `aliasfiles' defaults to /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases
10687 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10697 CONFLICT(8) -162- CONFLICT(8)
10700 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10753 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10767 dp - parse dates 822-style
10769 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
10770 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/dp [-form formatfile] [-format string]
10771 [-width columns] dates ... [-help]
10773 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
10775 _
\bD_
\bp is a program that parses dates according to the ARPA Internet
10776 standard. It also understands many non-standard formats, such as
10777 those produced by TOPS-20 sites and some UNIX sites using
10778 _
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (3). It is useful for seeing how _
\bM_
\bH will interpret a date.
10780 The _
\bd_
\bp program treats each argument as a single date, and prints
10781 the date out in the official 822-format. Hence, it is usually best
10782 to enclose each argument in double-quotes for the shell.
10784 To override the output format used by _
\bd_
\bp, the `-format string' or
10785 `-format file' switches are used. This permits individual fields
10786 of the address to be extracted with ease. The string is simply a
10787 format stringand thefile is simply a format file. See
10788 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
10790 Here is the default format string used by _
\bd_
\bp:
10792 %<(nodate{text})error: %{text}%|%(putstr(pretty{text}))%>
10794 which says that if an error was detected, print the error, a `:',
10795 and the date in error. Otherwise, output the 822-proper format of
10798 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10799 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
10802 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10806 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
10808 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
10812 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
10813 `-format' default as described above
10814 `-width' default to the width of the terminal
10819 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10832 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10837 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
10838 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bd_
\bp. Therefore, one must usual-
10839 ly place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
10885 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10895 FMTDUMP(8) -165- FMTDUMP(8)
10899 fmtdump - decode MH format files
10901 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
10902 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/fmtdump [-form formatfile] [-format string]
10905 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
10907 _
\bF_
\bm_
\bt_
\bd_
\bu_
\bm_
\bp is a program that parses an _
\bM_
\bH format file and produces a
10908 pseudo-language listing of the how _
\bM_
\bH interprets the file.
10910 The `-format string' and `-form formatfile' switches may be used to
10911 specify a format string or format file to read. The string is sim-
10912 ply a format string and the file is simply a format file. See _
\bm_
\bh-
10913 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt(5) for the details.
10915 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10916 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
10917 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/scan.default The default format file
10920 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10921 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
10924 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
10925 mh-format(5), mh-sequences(8)
10928 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10933 The output may not be useful unless you are familiar with the
10934 internals of the mh-format subroutines.
10951 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
10961 INSTALL-MH(8) -166- INSTALL-MH(8)
10965 install-mh - initialize the MH environment
10967 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
10968 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/install-mh [-auto] [-compat]
10970 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
10972 When a user runs any _
\bM_
\bH program for the first time, the program
10973 will invoke _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh (with the `-auto' switch) to query the user
10974 for the initial _
\bM_
\bH environment. The user does NOT invoke this pro-
10975 gram directly. The user is asked for the name of the directory
10976 that will be designated as the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. If this direc-
10977 tory does not exist, the user is asked if it should be created.
10978 Normally, this directory should be under the user's home directory,
10979 and has the default name of Mail/. After _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh has written
10980 the initial .mh_profile for the user, control returns to the origi-
10981 nal _
\bM_
\bH program.
10983 As with all _
\bM_
\bH commands, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh first consults the $HOME
10984 envariable to determine the user's home directory. If $HOME is not
10985 set, then the /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd file is consulted.
10987 When converting from _
\bm_
\bh._
\b3 to _
\bm_
\bh._
\b4, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh is automatically
10988 invoked with the `-compat' switch.
10990 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
10991 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
10994 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
10995 Path: To set the user's MH directory
10998 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
10999 With `-auto', the current folder is changed to "inbox".
11017 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
11027 POST(8) -167- POST(8)
11031 post - deliver a message
11033 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
11034 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/post [-alias aliasfile] [-filter filterfile]
11035 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-mime] [-nomime] [-msgid]
11036 [-nomsgid] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-watch] [-nowatch]
11037 [-width columns] file [-help]
11039 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
11041 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt is the program called by _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) to deliver the message in
11042 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to local and remote users. In fact, all of the functions
11043 attributed to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd on its manual page are performed by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt, with
11044 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd acting as a relatively simple preprocessor. Thus, it is _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
11045 which parses the various header fields, appends From: and Date:
11046 lines, and interacts with the _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF transport system. _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt will not
11047 normally be called directly by the user.
11049 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt searches the "To:", "cc:", "Bcc:", "Fcc:", and "Resent-xxx:"
11050 header lines of the specified message for destination addresses,
11051 checks these addresses for validity, and formats them so as to con-
11052 form to ARPAnet Internet Message Format protocol, unless the
11053 `-noformat' flag is set. This will normally cause "@_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl-_
\bs_
\bi_
\bt_
\be" to
11054 be appended to each local destination address, as well as any local
11055 return addresses. The `-width columns' switch can be used to indi-
11056 cate the preferred length of the header components that contain
11059 If a "Bcc:" field is encountered, its addresses will be used for
11060 delivery, and the "Bcc:" field will be removed from the message
11061 sent to sighted recipients. The blind recipients will receive an
11062 entirely new message with a minimal set of headers. Included in
11063 the body of the message will be a copy of the message sent to the
11064 sighted recipients. If `-filter filterfile' is specified, then
11065 this copy is filtered (re-formatted) prior to being sent to the
11066 blind recipients. Otherwise, to use the MIME rules for encapsula-
11067 tion, specify the `-mime' switch.
11069 The `-alias aliasfile' switch can be used to specify a file that
11070 post should take aliases from. More than one file can be speci-
11071 fied, each being preceded with `-alias'. In any event, the primary
11072 alias file is read first.
11074 The `-msgid' switch indicates that a "Message-ID:" or
11075 "Resent-Message-ID:" field should be added to the header.
11077 The `-verbose' switch indicates that the user should be informed of
11078 each step of the posting/filing process.
11080 The `-watch' switch indicates that the user would like to watch the
11081 transport system's handling of the message (e.g., local and "fast"
11083 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
11093 POST(8) -168- POST(8)
11098 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt consults the envariable $SIGNATURE to determine the sender's
11099 personal name in constructing the "From:" line of the message.
11101 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
11102 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mtstailor tailor file
11103 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/bin/refile Program to process Fcc:s
11104 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl Program to process Bcc:s
11105 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases Primary alias file
11108 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
11109 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt does NOT consult the user's .mh_profile
11112 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
11113 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
11115 mhmail(1), send(1), mh-mail(5), mh-alias(5)
11118 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
11119 `-alias /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/MailAliases'
11129 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
11134 "Reply-To:" fields are allowed to have groups in them according to
11135 the 822 specification, but _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt won't let you use them.
11149 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
11162 _
\b5. _
\bR_
\bE_
\bP_
\bO_
\bR_
\bT_
\bI_
\bN_
\bG _
\bP_
\bR_
\bO_
\bB_
\bL_
\bE_
\bM_
\bS
11168 If problems are encountered with an _
\bM_
\bH program, the problems should
11169 be reported to the local maintainers of _
\bM_
\bH. When doing this, the name
11170 of the program should be reported, along with the version information
11171 for the program. To find out what version of an _
\bM_
\bH program is being
11172 run, invoke the program with the `-help' switch. In addition to listing
11173 the syntax of the command, the program will list information pertaining
11174 to its version. This information includes the version of _
\bM_
\bH, the host
11175 it was generated on, and the date the program was loaded. A second line
11176 of information, found on versions of _
\bM_
\bH after #5.380 include _
\bM_
\bH confi-
11177 guration options. For example,
11179 version: MH 6.1 #1[UCI] (nrtc-gremlin) of Wed Nov 6 01:13:53 PST
11181 options: [BSD42] [MHE] [NETWORK] [SENDMTS] [MMDFII] [SMTP] [POP]
11183 The `6.1 #1[UCI]' indicates that the program is from the UCI _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6 ver-
11184 sion of _
\bM_
\bH. The program was generated on the host `nrtc-gremlin' on
11185 `Wed Nov 6 01:13:53 PST 1985'. It's usually a good idea to send the
11186 output of the `-help' switch along with your report.
11188 If there is no local _
\bM_
\bH maintainer, try the address Bug-MH. If that
11189 fails, use the Internet mailbox Bug-MH@ICS.UCI.EDU.
11228 _
\b6. _
\bA_
\bD_
\bV_
\bA_
\bN_
\bC_
\bE_
\bD _
\bF_
\bE_
\bA_
\bT_
\bU_
\bR_
\bE_
\bS
11234 This section describes some features of _
\bM_
\bH that were included
11235 strictly for advanced _
\bM_
\bH users. These capabilities permit _
\bM_
\bH to exhibit
11236 more powerful behavior for the seasoned _
\bM_
\bH users.
11239 _
\bU_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR-_
\bD_
\bE_
\bF_
\bI_
\bN_
\bE_
\bD _
\bS_
\bE_
\bQ_
\bU_
\bE_
\bN_
\bC_
\bE_
\bS
11241 User-defined sequences allow the _
\bM_
\bH user a tremendous amount of
11242 power in dealing with groups of messages in the same folder by allowing
11243 the user to bind a group of messages to a meaningful symbolic name. The
11244 user may choose any name for a message sequence, as long as it consists
11245 of alphanumeric characters and does not conflict with the standard _
\bM_
\bH
11246 reserved message names (e.g., "first", etc). After defining a sequence,
11247 it can be used wherever an _
\bM_
\bH command expects a `msg' or `msgs' argu-
11250 A restricted form of message ranges are allowed with user-defined
11251 sequences. The form "name:n", specifies up to the first `n' messages
11252 which are part of the user-defined sequence `name'. A leading plus sign
11253 is allowed on `n', but is ignored. The interpretation of n is overrid-
11254 den if n is preceded by a minus sign; `-n' always means up to the last
11255 `n' messages which are part of the sequence `name'.
11257 Although all _
\bM_
\bH commands expand user-defined sequences as appropri-
11258 ate, there are two commands that allow the user to define and manipulate
11259 them: _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk.
11261 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
11263 Most users of _
\bM_
\bH will use user-defined sequences only with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk
11264 command. By giving the `-sequence name' switch to _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk (which can occur
11265 more than once on the command line), each sequence named is defined as
11266 those messages which _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk matched according the the selection criteria
11267 it was given. Hence,
11269 pick -from frated -seq fred
11271 finds all those messages in the current folder which were from "frated",
11272 creates a sequence called "fred", and then adds them to the sequence.
11273 The user could then invoke
11277 to get a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn listing of those messages. Note that by default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk
11278 creates the named sequences before it adds the selected messages to the
11279 sequence. Hence, if the named sequence already existed, the sequence is
11294 destroyed prior to being re-defined (nothing happens to the messages
11295 that were a part of this sequence, they simply cease to be members of
11296 that sequence). By using the `-nozero' switch, this behavior can be
11299 pick -from frated -seq sgroup
11300 pick -from fear -seq sgroup -nozero
11301 pick -from freida -seq sgroup -nozero
11303 finds all those messages in the current folder which were from "frated",
11304 "fear", or "freida", and defines the sequence called "sgroup" as exactly
11305 those messages. These operations amounted to an "inclusive-or" of three
11306 selection criteria, using _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, one can also generate the "and" of some
11307 selection criteria as well:
11309 pick -from frated -seq fred
11310 pick -before friday -seq fred fred
11312 This example defines the sequence called "fred" as exactly those mes-
11313 sages from "frated" that were dated prior to "friday".[1]
11315 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk is normally used as a back-quoted command, for example,
11317 scan `pick -from postmaster`
11319 Now suppose that the user decides that another command should be issued,
11320 using exactly those messages. Since, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk wasn't given a
11321 `-sequence name' argument in this example, the user would end-up typing
11322 the entire back-quoted command again. A simpler way is to add a default
11323 sequence name to the .mh_profile. For example,
11325 pick: -seq select -list
11327 will tell _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk to always define the sequence "select" whenever it's run.
11328 The `-list' is necessary since the `-sequence name' switch sets `-nol-
11329 ist' whenever the former is encountered. Hence, this profile entry
11330 makes _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk define the "select" sequence and otherwise behave exactly as
11333 [1] Of course, it is much easier to simply use the built-in boolean
11334 operation of _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk to get the desired results:
11336 pick -from frated -or -from fear -or -from freida -seq sgroup
11340 pick -from frated -and -before friday -seq fred
11342 do exactly the same thing as the five commands listed above. Hence, the
11343 `-nozero' option to _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk is only useful to manipulate existing se-
11360 if there was no profile entry at all.
11362 _
\bM_
\ba_
\br_
\bk _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
11364 The _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command lets the user perform low-level manipulation of
11365 sequences, and also provides a well-needed debug facility to the
11366 implementors/developers/maintainers of _
\bM_
\bH (the _
\bM_
\bH-hacks). In the
11367 future, a user-friendly "front-end" for _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk will probably be developed
11368 to give the _
\bM_
\bH user a way to take better advantage of the underlying
11371 _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
11373 There are two kinds of sequences: _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
11374 sequences. _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences of a folder are accessible to any _
\bM_
\bH user
11375 that can read that folder and are kept in the .mh_sequences file in the
11376 folder. _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are accessible only to the _
\bM_
\bH user that
11377 defined those sequences and are kept in the user's _
\bM_
\bH context file. By
11378 default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk (and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk ) create _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences if the folder for
11379 which the sequences are being defined is writable by the _
\bM_
\bH user. Oth-
11380 erwise, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are created. This can be overridden with the
11381 `-public' and `-nopublic' switches.
11383 _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be _
\bN_
\be_
\bg_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
11385 In addition to telling an _
\bM_
\bH command to use the messages in the
11386 sequence "seen", as in
11390 it would be useful to be easily able to tell an _
\bM_
\bH command to use all
11391 messages _
\be_
\bx_
\bc_
\be_
\bp_
\bt those in the sequence. One way of doing this would be
11392 to use _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk and define the sequence explicitly, as in
11394 mark -delete -zero seen -seq notseen
11396 which, owing to _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk 's cryptic interpretation of `-delete' and `-zero',
11397 defines the sequence "notseen" to be all messages not in the sequence
11398 "seen". Naturally, anytime the sequence "seen" is changed, "notseen"
11399 will have to be updated. Another way to achieve this is to define the
11400 entry "Sequence-Negation:" in the .mh_profile. If the entry was
11402 Sequence-Negation: not
11404 then anytime an _
\bM_
\bH command was given "notseen" as a `msg' or `msgs'
11405 argument, it would substitute all messages that are not a member of the
11406 sequence "seen". That is,
11408 refile notseen +new
11410 does just that. The value of the "Sequence-Negation:" entry in the pro-
11411 file can be any string. Hence, experienced users of _
\bM_
\bH do not use a
11426 word, but rather a special character which their shell does not inter-
11427 pret (users of the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl use a single caret or circumflex (usually
11428 shift-6), while users of the Bourne shell use an exclamation-mark).
11429 This is because there is nothing to prevent a user of _
\bM_
\bH from defining a
11430 sequence with this string as its prefix, if the string is nothing by
11431 letters and digits. Obviously, this could lead to confusing behavior if
11432 the "Sequence-Negation:" entry leads _
\bM_
\bH to believe that two sequences
11433 are opposites by virtue of their names differing by the prefix string.
11435 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\bi_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
11437 Many times users find themselves issuing a series of commands on
11438 the same sequences of messages. If the user first defined these mes-
11439 sages as a sequence, then considerable typing may be saved. If the user
11440 doesn't have this foresight, _
\bM_
\bH provides a handy way of having _
\bM_
\bH
11441 remember the `msgs' or `msg' argument last given to an _
\bM_
\bH command. If
11442 the entry "Previous-Sequence:" is defined in the .mh_profile, then when
11443 the command finishes, it will define the sequence(s) named in the value
11444 of this entry as being exactly those messages that were specified.
11445 Hence, a profile entry of
11447 Previous-Sequence: pseq
11449 directs any _
\bM_
\bH command that accepts a `msg' or `msgs' argument to define
11450 the sequence "pseq" as those messages when it finishes. More than one
11451 sequence name may be placed in this entry, separated with spaces. The
11452 one disadvantage of this approach is that the _
\bM_
\bH progams have to update
11453 the sequence information for the folder each time they run (although
11454 most programs read this information, usually only _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk have to
11455 write this information out).
11457 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
11459 Finally, some users like to distinguish between messages which have
11460 been previously seen by them. Both _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc and _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw honorthe profile entry
11461 "Unseen-Sequence" to support this activity. Whenever _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc places new
11462 messages in a folder, if the entry "Unseen-Sequence" is defined in the
11463 .mh_profile, then when the command finishes, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will add the new mes-
11464 sages to the sequence(s) named in the value of this entry. Hence, a
11467 Unseen-Sequence: unseen
11469 directs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to add new messages to the sequence "unseen". Unlike the
11470 behavior of the "Previous-Sequence" entry in the profile however, the
11471 sequence(s) will not be zero'd.
11473 Similarly, whenever _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (or _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt or _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv ) displays a message,
11474 they remove those messages from any sequences named by the
11475 "Unseen-Sequence" entry in the profile.
11492 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bM_
\bP_
\bO_
\bS_
\bI_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN _
\bO_
\bF _
\bM_
\bA_
\bI_
\bL
11494 There are a number of interesting advanced facilities for the com-
11495 position of outgoing mail.
11498 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bD_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
11500 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands have two switches,
11501 `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg'. If
11502 `-draftfolder +folder' is used, these commands are directed to construct
11503 a draft message in the indicated folder. (The "Draft-Folder:" profile
11504 entry may be used to declare a default draft folder for use with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp,
11505 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl) If `-draftmessage msg' is not used, it defaults to
11506 `new' (unless the user invokes _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp with `-use', in which case the
11507 default is `cur'). Hence, the user may have several message composi-
11508 tions in progress simultaneously. Now, all of the _
\bM_
\bH tools are avail-
11509 able on each of the user's message drafts (e.g., _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, and
11510 so on). If the folder does not exist, the user is asked if it should be
11511 created (just like with _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ). Also, the last draft message the user
11512 was composing is known as `cur' in the draft folder.
11514 Furthermore, the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd command has these switches as well. Hence,
11515 from the shell, the user can send off whatever drafts desired using the
11516 standard _
\bM_
\bH `msgs' convention with `-draftmessage msgs'. If no `msgs'
11517 are given, it defaults to `cur'.
11519 In addition, all five programs have a `-nodraftfolder' switch,
11520 which undoes the last occurrence of `-draftfolder folder' (useful if the
11521 latter occurs in the user's _
\bM_
\bH profile).
11523 If the user does not give the `-draftfolder +folder' switch, then
11524 all these commands act ``normally''. Note that the `-draft' switch to
11525 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw still refers to the file called `draft' in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
11526 directory. In the interests of economy of expression, when using _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp
11527 or _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, the user needn't prefix the draft `msg' or `msgs' with `-draft-
11528 message'. Both of these commands accept a `file' or `files' argument,
11529 and they will, if given `-draftfolder +folder' treat these arguments as
11530 `msg' or `msgs'.[2] Hence,
11532 send -draftf +drafts first
11536 send -draftf +drafts -draftm first
11541 [2] This may appear to be inconsistent, at first, but it saves a lot
11558 To make all this a bit more clear, here are some examples. Let's
11559 assume that the following entries are in the _
\bM_
\bH profile:
11561 Draft-Folder: +drafts
11562 sendf: -draftfolder +drafts
11564 Furthermore, let's assume that the program _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bf is a (symbolic) link in
11565 the user's $HOME/bin/ directory to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. Then, any of the commands
11572 constructs the message draft in the `draft' folder using the `new' mes-
11573 sage number. Furthermore, they each define `cur' in this folder to be
11574 that message draft. If the user were to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt option at `What
11575 now?' level, then later on, if no other draft composition was done, the
11576 draft could be sent with simply
11580 Or, if more editing was required, the draft could be edited with
11584 Instead, if other drafts had been composed in the meantime, so that this
11585 message draft was no longer known as `cur' in the `draft' folder, then
11586 the user could _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn the folder to see which message draft in the folder
11587 should be used for editing or sending. Clever users could even employ a
11588 back-quoted _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk to do the work:
11590 comp -use `pick +drafts -to bug-mh`
11594 sendf `pick +drafts -to bug-mh`
11596 Note that in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp example, the output from _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk must resolve to a
11597 single message draft (it makes no sense to talk about composing two or
11598 more drafts with one invocation of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp ). In contrast, in the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
11599 example, as many message drafts as desired can appear, since _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
11600 doesn't mind sending more than one draft at a time.
11602 Note that the argument `-draftfolder +folder' is not included in
11603 the profile entry for _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, since when _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, et. al., invoke _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
11604 directly, they supply _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd with the UNIX pathname of the message draft,
11605 and not a `draftmessage msg' argument. As far as _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is concerned, a
11606 _
\bd_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br is not being used.
11608 It is important to realize that _
\bM_
\bH treats the draft folder like a
11609 standard _
\bM_
\bH folder in nearly all respects. There are two exceptions:
11624 first
\b\b\b\b\b_____, under no circumstancs will the `-draftfolder folder' switch cause
11625 the named folder to become the current folder.[3] Second
\b\b\b\b\b\b______, although con-
11626 ceptually _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd deletes the `msgs' named in the draft folder, it does not
11627 call `delete-prog' to perform the deletion.
11630 _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt _
\bH_
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bs _
\bi_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bD_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bE_
\bx_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
11632 When the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands are invoked and the
11633 draft you indicated already exists, these programs will prompt the user
11634 for a reponse directing the program's action. The prompt is
11636 Draft ``/usr/src/uci/mh/mhbox/draft'' exists (xx bytes).
11639 The appropriate responses and their meanings are: replace
\b\b\b\b\b\b\b_______: deletes the
11640 draft and starts afresh; list
\b\b\b\b____: lists the draft; refile
\b\b\b\b\b\b______: files the draft
11641 into a folder and starts afresh; and, quit
\b\b\b\b____: leaves the draft intact and
11642 exits. In addition, if you specified `-draftfolder folder' to the com-
11643 mand, then one other response will be accepted: new
\b\b\b___: finds a new draft,
11644 just as if `-draftmessage new' had been given. Finally, the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp com-
11645 mand will accept one more response: use
\b\b\b___: re-uses the draft, just as if
11646 `-use' had been given.
11649 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\ba_
\bt _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw? _
\bL_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\bl
11651 The _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh option to the "What now?" query in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
11652 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands, directs the command to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd the draft in a special
11653 detached fashion, with all normal output discarded. If _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh is used and
11654 the draft can not be sent, then _
\bM_
\bH will send the user a message, indi-
11655 cating the name of the draft file, and an explanation of the failure.
11657 The user can also invoke _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd from the shell with the `-push'
11658 switch, which makes _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd act like it had been _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh 'd by one of the com-
11661 By using _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh, the user can free the shell to do other things,
11662 because it appears to the shell that the _
\bM_
\bH command has finished. As a
11663 result the shell will immediately prompt for another command, despite
11664 the fact that the command is really still running. Note that if the
11665 user indicates that annotations are to be performed (with `-annotate' to
11668 [3] Obviously, if the folder appeared in the context of a standard
11669 `+folder' argument to an _
\bM_
\bH program, as in
11673 it might become the current folder, depending on the context changes of
11674 the _
\bM_
\bH program in question.
11690 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl), the annotations will be performed after the mes-
11691 sage has been successfully sent. This action will appear to occur asyn-
11692 chronously. Obviously, if one of the messages that is to be annotated
11693 is removed before the draft has been successfully sent, then when _
\bM_
\bH
11694 tries to make the annotations, it won't be able to do so. In previous
11695 versions of _
\bM_
\bH, this resulted in an error message mysteriously appearing
11696 on the user's terminal. In _
\bm_
\bh._
\b5 and later versions, in this special
11697 circumstance, no error will be generated.
11699 If send is _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh 'd, then the `-forward' switch is examined if a
11700 failure notice is generated. If given, then the draft is forwarded with
11701 the failure notice sent to the user. This allows rapid _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt 'ing of
11702 the failure notice to retrieve the unsent draft.
11705 _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\ba_
\bt _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw? _
\bL_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\bl
11707 By default, the message composition programs call a program called
11708 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw before the initial draft composition. The _
\bM_
\bH user can specify
11709 any program for this. Following is some information about the default
11710 "What now?" level. More detailed information can be found in the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
11711 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) manual entry.
11713 When using the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands at "What now?"
11714 level, the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, and (for the _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl com-
11715 mands) the _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by options will pass on any additional arguments given
11716 them to whatever program they invoke.
11718 In _
\bm_
\bh._
\b1 (the original RAND _
\bM_
\bH ) and _
\bm_
\bh._
\b2 (the first UCI version of
11719 _
\bM_
\bH ), _
\bM_
\bH used a complicated heuristic to determine if the draft should
11720 be deleted or preserved after an unsuccessful edit. In _
\bm_
\bh._
\b3, _
\bM_
\bH was
11721 changed to preserve the draft always, since _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, et. al., could usually
11722 look at a draft, apply another set of heuristics, and decide if it was
11723 important or not. With the notion of a _
\bd_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br, in which one by
11724 default gets a `new' message draft, the edit deletion/preservation algo-
11725 rithm was re-implemented, to keep the draft folder from being cluttered
11726 with aborted edits.
11728 Also, note that by default, if the draft cannot be successfully
11729 sent, these commands return to "What now?" level. But, when _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh is
11730 used, this does not happen (obviously). Hence, if these commands were
11731 expected to annotate any messages, this will have to be done by hand,
11732 later on, with the _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo command.
11734 Finally, if the `-delete' switch is not given to the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt option,
11735 then these commands will inform the user of the name of the unsent draft
11739 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
11756 The _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw command has the beginnings of a digestifying facility,
11757 with the `-digest list', `-issue number', and `-volume number' switches.
11759 If _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw is given "list" to the `-digest' switch as the name of the dis-
11760 cussion group, and the `-issue number' switch is not given, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw
11761 looks for an entry in the user's _
\bM_
\bH context called "_
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt-issue-list"
11762 and increments its value to use as the issue number. Similarly, if the
11763 `-volume number' switch is not given, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw looks for
11764 "_
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt-volume-list" (but does not increment its value) to use as the
11767 Having calculated the name of the digest and the volume and issue
11768 numbers, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will now process the components file using the same format
11769 string mechanism used by _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. The current `%'-escapes are:
11771 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
11772 digest string digest name
11773 msg integer issue number
11774 cur integer volume number
11776 In addition, to capture the current date, any of the escapes valid for
11777 _
\bd_
\bp (8) are also valid for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw.
11779 The default components file used by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw when in digest mode is:
11781 From: %{digest}-Request
11782 To: %{digest} Distribution: dist-%{digest};
11783 Subject: %{digest} Digest V%(cur) #%(msg)
11784 Reply-To: %{digest}
11786 %{digest} Digest %(weekday{date}), %2(mday{date}) %(month{date}) 19%02(year{date})
11787 Volume %(cur) : Issue %(msg)
11791 Hence, when the `-digest' switch is present, the first step taken by
11792 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw is to expand the format strings in the component file. The next
11793 step is to compose the draft using the standard digest encapsulation
11794 algorithm (even putting an "End of list Digest" trailer in the draft).
11795 Once the draft is composed by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw writes out the volume and issue
11796 profile entries for the digest, and then invokes the editor.
11798 Naturally, when composing the draft, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will honor the
11799 `-filter filterfile' switch, which is given to _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to filter each mes-
11800 sage being forwarded prior to encapsulation in the draft. A good filter
11801 file to use, which is called _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl._
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt, is:
11822 width=80,overflowoffset=10
11823 leftadjust,compress,compwidth=9
11824 Date:formatfield="%<(nodate{text})%{text}%|%(tws{text})%>"
11828 body:nocomponent,overflowoffset=0,noleftadjust,nocompress
11832 _
\bF_
\bO_
\bL_
\bD_
\bE_
\bR _
\bH_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD_
\bL_
\bI_
\bN_
\bG
11834 There are two interesting facilities for manipulating folders:
11835 relative folder addressing, which allows a user to shorten the typing of
11836 long folder names; and the folder-stack, which permits a user to keep a
11837 stack of current folders.
11840 _
\bR_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
11842 By default, when `+folder' is given, and the folder name is not
11843 absolute (does not start with /, ./, or ../), then the UNIX pathname of
11844 the folder is interpreted relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. Although
11845 this mechanism works fine for top-level folders and their immediate
11846 sub-folders, once the depth of the sub-folder tree grows, it becomes
11849 scan +mh/mh.4/draft/flames
11851 is a lot of typing. _
\bM_
\bH can't do anything if the current folder was
11852 "+inbox", but if the current folder was, say, "+mh/mh.4/draft", _
\bM_
\bH has a
11853 short-hand notation to reference a sub-folder of the current folder.
11854 Using the `@folder' notation, the _
\bM_
\bH user can direct any _
\bM_
\bH program
11855 which expects a `+folder' argument to look for the folder relative to
11856 the current folder instead of the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. Hence, if the
11857 current folder _
\bw_
\ba_
\bs "+mh/mh.4/draft", then
11861 would do the trick handily. In addition, if the current folder _
\bw_
\ba_
\bs
11866 would scan the folder "+mh/mh.4/pick", since, in the UNIX fashion, it
11867 references the folder "pick" which is a sub-folder of the folder that is
11868 the parent of the current folder. Since most advanced _
\bM_
\bH users seem to
11869 exhibit a large degree of locality in referencing folders when they pro-
11870 cess mail, this convention should receive a wide range of uses.
11888 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk
11890 The _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk mechanism in _
\bM_
\bH gives the _
\bM_
\bH user a facility simi-
11891 lar to the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl 's directory-stack. Simply put,
11895 makes "foo" the current folder, saving the folder that was previously
11896 the current folder on the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk. As expected,
11900 takes the top of the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk and makes it the current folder. Each
11901 of these switches lists the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk when they execute. It is sim-
11902 ple to write a _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh_
\bf command as a shell script. It's one line:
11904 exec folder -push $@
11906 Probably a better way is to link _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to the $HOME/bin/ directory
11907 under the name of _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh_
\bf and then add the entry
11911 to the .mh_profile.
11913 The manual page for _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br discusses the analogy between the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
11914 directory stack commands and the switches in _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br which manipulate the
11915 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk. The _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br command uses the context entry `Folder-Stack:'
11916 to keep track of the folders in the user's stack of folders.
11955 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bS_
\bU_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bR_
\bY
11960 ali [-alias aliasfile] [-list] [-nolist] [-normalize]
11961 [-nonormalize] [-user] [-nouser] aliases ... [-help]
11963 anno [+folder] [msgs] [-component field] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
11964 [-date] [-nodate] [-text body] [-help]
11966 bbc [bboards ...] [-topics] [-check] [-read] [-quiet] [-verbose]
11967 [-archive] [-noarchive] [-protocol] [-noprotocol]
11968 [-mshproc program] [switches for _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-rcfile rcfile]
11969 [-norcfile] [-file BBoardsfile] [-user BBoardsuser]
11970 [-host host] [-help]
11972 burst [+folder] [msgs] [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-quiet] [-noquiet]
11973 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-help]
11975 comp [+folder] [msg] [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg]
11976 [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-file file]
11977 [-form formfile] [-use] [-nouse] [-whatnowproc program]
11978 [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
11980 dist [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
11981 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
11982 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-form formfile] [-inplace]
11983 [-noinplace] [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
11985 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/fmtdump [-form formatfile] [-format string]
11988 folder [+folder] [msg] [-all] [-fast] [-nofast] [-header]
11989 [-noheader] [-pack] [-nopack] [-recurse] [-norecurse] [-total]
11990 [-nototal] [-print] [-noprint] [-list] [-nolist] [-push]
11995 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
11996 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
11997 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-filter filterfile]
11998 [-form formfile] [-format] [-noformat] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
11999 [-mime] [-nomime] [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc]
12020 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-digest list] [-issue number]
12021 [-volume number] [other switches for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw] [-help]
12023 inc [+folder] [-audit audit-file] [-noaudit] [-changecur]
12024 [-nochangecur] [-file name] [-form formatfile]
12025 [-format string] [-silent] [-nosilent] [-truncate]
12026 [-notruncate] [-width columns] [-host host] [-user user]
12027 [-apop] [-noapop] [-rpop] [-norpop] [-pack file] [-nopack]
12030 mark [+folder] [msgs] [-sequence name ...] [-add] [-delete] [-list]
12031 [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero] [-help]
12033 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/mhl [-bell] [-nobell] [-clear] [-noclear]
12034 [-folder +folder] [-form formfile] [-length lines]
12035 [-width columns] [-moreproc program] [-nomoreproc] [files ...]
12038 mhmail [ addrs ... [-body text] [-cc addrs ...] [-from addr]
12039 [-subject subject]] [-help]
12041 mhn [+folder] [msgs] [-part number]... [-type content]...
12042 [-list [-header] [-noheader]
12043 [-realsize] [-norealsize]] [-nolist]
12044 [-show [-serialonly] [-noserialonly]]
12045 [-form formfile]] [-noshow]
12046 [-store [-auto] [-noauto]] [-nostore]
12047 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-rfc934mode] [-norfc934mode]
12048 [-ebcdic] [-noebcdicsafe]
12051 mhparam [profile-components] [-components] [-nocomponents] [-all]
12054 mhpath [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
12056 msgchk [-date] [-nodate] [-notify all/mail/nomail]
12057 [-nonotify all/mail/nomail] [-host host] [-user user] [-apop]
12058 [-noapop] [-rpop] [-norpop] [users ...] [-help]
12060 msh [-prompt string] [-scan] [-noscan] [-topcur] [-notopcur] [file]
12063 next [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
12064 [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
12066 packf [+folder] [msgs] [-file name] [-help]
12086 pick [+folder] [msgs] [-and ...] [-or ...] [-not ...]
12087 [-lbrace ... -rbrace] [--component pattern] [-after date]
12088 [-before date] [-datefield field] [-sequence name ...]
12089 [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero] [-list] [-nolist]
12093 prev [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
12094 [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
12096 prompter [-erase chr] [-kill chr] [-prepend] [-noprepend] [-rapid]
12097 [-norapid] [-doteof] [-nodoteof] file [-help]
12099 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/rcvstore [+folder] [-create] [-nocreate]
12100 [-sequence name ...] [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero]
12103 refile [msgs] [-draft] [-link] [-nolink] [-preserve] [-nopreserve]
12104 [-src +folder] [-file file] +folder ... [-help]
12106 repl [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate] [-cc all/to/cc/me]
12107 [-nocc all/to/cc/me] [-draftfolder +folder]
12108 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor]
12109 [-noedit] [-fcc +folder] [-filter filterfile] [-form formfile]
12110 [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-query] [-noquery]
12111 [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-width columns]
12114 rmf [+folder] [-interactive] [-nointeractive] [-help]
12116 rmm [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
12118 scan [+folder] [msgs] [-clear] [-noclear] [-form formatfile]
12119 [-format string] [-header] [-noheader] [-width columns]
12120 [-reverse] [-noreverse] [-file filename] [-help]
12122 send [-alias aliasfile] [-draft] [-draftfolder +folder]
12123 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-filter filterfile]
12124 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-forward] [-noforward]
12125 [-mime] [-nomime] [-msgid] [-nomsgid] [-push] [-nopush]
12126 [-split seconds] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-watch] [-nowatch]
12127 [-width columns] [file ...] [-help]
12129 show [+folder] [msgs] [-draft] [-header] [-noheader]
12130 [-showproc program] [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc]
12133 sortm [+folder] [msgs] [-datefield field] [-textfield field]
12134 [-notextfield] [-limit days] [-nolimit] [-verbose]
12135 [-noverbose] [-help]
12152 vmh [-prompt string] [-vmhproc program] [-novmhproc]
12153 [switches for _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
12155 whatnow [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
12156 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-prompt string] [file] [-help]
12158 whom [-alias aliasfile] [-check] [-nocheck] [-draft]
12159 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
12162 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/ap [-form formatfile] [-format string]
12163 [-normalize] [-nonormalize] [-width columns] addrs ...
12166 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/conflict [-mail name] [-search directory]
12167 [aliasfiles ...] [-help]
12169 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/dp [-form formatfile] [-format string]
12170 [-width columns] dates ... [-help]
12172 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/install-mh [-auto] [-compat]
12174 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/post [-alias aliasfile] [-filter filterfile]
12175 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-mime] [-nomime] [-msgid]
12176 [-nomsgid] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-watch] [-nowatch]
12177 [-width columns] file [-help]
12179 /usr/bs/mh-6.8/lib/slocal [address info sender] [-addr address]
12180 [-info data] [-sender sender] [-user username] [-mailbox mbox]
12181 [-file file] [-maildelivery deliveryfile] [-verbose]
12182 [-noverbose] [-debug] [-help]
12219 _
\bM_
\bE_
\bS_
\bS_
\bA_
\bG_
\bE _
\bN_
\bA_
\bM_
\bE _
\bB_
\bN_
\bF
12231 user-defined-sequence
12236 msg-name := "first" |
12243 msg-range := msg"-"msg |
12246 msg-sequence := msg":"signed-number
12248 signed-number := "+"<number> |
12252 user-defined-sequence := <alpha> |
12253 <alpha><alphanumeric>*
12256 Where <number> is a decimal number greater than zero.
12258 Msg-range specifies all of the messages in the given range and must not
12261 Msg-sequence specifies up to <number> of messages, beginning with "msg"
12262 (in the case of first, cur, next, or <number>), or ending with "msg" (in
12263 the case of prev or last). +<number> forces "starting with msg", and
12264 -<number> forces "ending with number". In all cases, "msg" must exist.
12266 User-defined sequences are defined and manipulated with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and
12267 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk commands.
12284 _
\bR_
\bE_
\bF_
\bE_
\bR_
\bE_
\bN_
\bC_
\bE_
\bS
12288 1. Crocker, D. H., J. J. Vittal, K. T. Pogran, and D. A. Henderson,
12289 Jr., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Network Text Messages,"
12290 _
\bR_
\bF_
\bC_
\b7_
\b3_
\b3, November 1977.
12292 2. Thompson, K., and D. M. Ritchie, "The UNIX Time-sharing System,"
12293 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bA_
\bC_
\bM, Vol. 17, July 1974, pp. 365-375.
12295 3. McCauley, E. J., and P. J. Drongowski, "KSOS-The Design of a Secure
12296 Operating System," _
\bA_
\bF_
\bI_
\bP_
\bS _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bc_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs, National Computer
12297 Conference, Vol. 48, 1979, pp. 345-353.
12299 4. Crocker, David H., _
\bF_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bk _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be "_
\bM_
\bS" _
\bP_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\b-
12300 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm, The RAND Corporation, R-2134-ARPA, December 1977.
12302 5. Thompson, K., and D. M. Ritchie, _
\bU_
\bN_
\bI_
\bX _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\br'_
\bs _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl, 6th ed.,
12303 Western Electric Company, May 1975 (available only to UNIX licen-
12306 6. Crocker, D. H., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Mes-
12307 sages," _
\bR_
\bF_
\bC_
\b8_
\b2_
\b2, August 1982.
12416 _
\bR_
\bE_
\bA_
\bD _
\bT_
\bH_
\bI_
\bS
12421 Although the _
\bM_
\bH system was originally developed by the RAND Cor-
12422 poration, and is now in the public domain, the RAND Corporation assumes
12423 no responsibility for _
\bM_
\bH or this particular version of _
\bM_
\bH.
12425 In addition, the Regents of the University of California issue the
12426 following disclaimer in regard to the UCI version of _
\bM_
\bH:
12428 "Although each program has been tested by its contributor, no war-
12429 ranty, express or implied, is made by the contributor or the
12430 University of California, as to the accuracy and functioning of the
12431 program and related program material, nor shall the fact of distri-
12432 bution constitute any such warranty, and no responsibility is
12433 assumed by the contributor or the University of California in con-
12436 This version of _
\bM_
\bH is in the public domain, and as such, there are
12437 no real restrictions on its use. The _
\bM_
\bH source code and documentation
12438 have no licensing restrictions whatsoever. As a courtesy, the authors
12439 ask only that you provide appropriate credit to the RAND Corporation and
12440 the University of California for having developed the software.
12442 _
\bM_
\bH is a software package that is supported neither by the RAND Cor-
12443 poration nor the University of California. However, since we do use the
12444 software ourselves and plan to continue using (and improving) _
\bM_
\bH, bug
12445 reports and their associated fixes should be reported back to us so that
12446 we may include them in future releases. The current computer mailbox
12447 for _
\bM_
\bH is Bug-MH@ICS.UCI.EDU (in the ARPA Internet), and
12448 ...!ucbvax!ucivax!bug-mh (UUCP). Presently, there are two Internet dis-
12449 cussion groups, MH-Users@ICS.UCI.EDU and MH-Workers@ICS.UCI.EDU.
12450 MH-Workers is for people discussing code changes to _
\bM_
\bH. MH-Users is for
12451 general discussion about how to use _
\bM_
\bH. MH-Users is bi-directionally
12452 gatewayed into USENET as comp.mail.mh.
12454 _
\bH_
\bO_
\bW _
\bT_
\bO _
\bG_
\bE_
\bT _
\bM_
\bH
12456 Since you probably already have _
\bM_
\bH, you may not need to read this
12457 unless you suspect you have an old version. There are two ways to get
12458 the latest release:
12460 1. If you can FTP to the ARPA Internet, use anonymous FTP to
12461 ics.uci.edu [128.195.1.1] and retrieve the file pub/mh/mh-6.8.tar.Z.
12462 This is a tar image after being run through the compress program
12463 (approximately 1.8MB). There should also be a README file in that
12464 directory which tells what the current release of _
\bM_
\bH is, and how to get
12482 This tar file is also available on louie.udel.edu [128.175.1.3] in
12483 portal/mh-6.8.tar.Z. You may also find MH on various other hosts; to
12484 make sure you get the latest version and don't waste your time re-fixing
12485 bugs, it's best to get it from either ics.uci.edu or louie.udel.edu.
12487 2. You can send $75 US to the address below. This covers the cost
12488 of a 6250 BPI 9-track magtape, handling, and shipping. In addition,
12489 you'll get a laser-printed hard-copy of the entire MH documentation set.
12490 Be sure to include your USPS address with your check. Checks must be
12491 drawn on U.S. funds and should be made payable to:
12493 Regents of the University of California
12495 The distribution address is:
12497 Computing Support Group
12498 Attn: MH distribution
12499 Department of Information and Computer Science
12500 University of California, Irvine
12505 If you just want the hard-copies of the documentation, you still
12506 have to pay the $75. The tar image has the documentation source (the
12507 manual is in roff format, but the rest are in TeX format). Postscript
12508 formatted versions of the TeX papers are available, as are crude tty-
12509 conversions of those papers.
12548 _
\bF_
\bO_
\bR_
\bE_
\bW_
\bO_
\bR_
\bD
12553 This document describes the RAND _
\bM_
\bH Message Handling System. Its
12554 primary purpose is to serve as a user's manual. It has been heavily
12555 based on a previous version of the manual, prepared by Bruce Borden,
12556 Stockton Gaines, and Norman Shapiro.
12558 _
\bM_
\bH is a particularly novel system, and thus it is often more prone
12559 to change than other pieces of production software. As such, some
12560 specific points in this manual may not be correct in the future. In all
12561 cases, the on-line sections of this manual, available through the
12562 UNIX[1] _
\bm_
\ba_
\bn command, should present the most current information.
12564 When reading this document as a user's manual, certain sections are
12565 more interesting than others. The Preface and Summary are not particu-
12566 larly interesting to those interested in learning _
\bM_
\bH. The Introduction
12567 is slightly more interesting, as it touches upon the organization of the
12568 remainder of this document. The most useful sections are the Overview,
12569 Tutorial, and Detailed Description. The Overview should be read by all
12570 _
\bM_
\bH users, regardless of their expertise (beginning, novice, advanced, or
12571 hacker). The Tutorial should be read by all beginning and novice _
\bM_
\bH
12572 users, as it presents a nice description of the _
\bM_
\bH system. The Detailed
12573 Description should be read by the day-to-day user of _
\bM_
\bH, as it spells
12574 out all of the realities of the _
\bM_
\bH system. The Advanced Features sec-
12575 tion discusses some powerful _
\bM_
\bH capabilities for advanced users. Appen-
12576 dix A is particularly useful for novices, as it summarizes the invoca-
12577 tion syntax of all the _
\bM_
\bH commands.
12579 There are also several other documents which may be useful to you:
12580 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bT_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl, which is a tutorial for
12581 _
\bM_
\bH; _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bU_
\bC_
\bI _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs _
\bF_
\ba_
\bc_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt_
\by, which
12582 describes the BBoards handling under _
\bM_
\bH; _
\bM_
\bH._
\b5: _
\bH_
\bo_
\bw _
\bt_
\bo _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\b2_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\b-
12583 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\ba _
\bd_
\ba_
\by _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bs_
\bt_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bg_
\be_
\bt _
\bs_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl _
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bk _
\bd_
\bo_
\bn_
\be, which was presented at
12584 the 1985 Summer Usenix Conference and Exhibition in Portland, Oregon;
12585 _
\bM_
\bH: _
\bA _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bA_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt, which has been accepted for publication
12586 by Computer Networks; _
\bM_
\bZ_
\bn_
\be_
\bt: _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\bS_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\bi_
\bc_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bP_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bM_
\bi_
\bc_
\br_
\bo-_
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\br
12587 _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm_
\bs, which was presented at the First International Symposium on
12588 Computer Message Systems in Nottingham, U.K.; and, _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bT_
\bT_
\bI
12589 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bt_
\bo_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bT_
\br_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\bA_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt, which describes a proprietary "trusted"
12590 mail system built on _
\bM_
\bH. There are also documents, mostly specific to
12591 U.C. Irvine which you may find interesting: _
\bM_
\bH _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bB_
\be_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bs, and _
\bM_
\bH _
\bf_
\bo_
\br
12592 _
\bM_
\bM _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs. All of these documents exist in the _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6 distribution sent to
12593 your site. There's also a document, _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bt_
\bo _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\b-
12594 _
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bM_
\bH._
\b6, which describes user-visible changes made to _
\bM_
\bH
12595 since the last major release.
12598 [1] UNIX is a trademark of AT&T Bell Laboratories.
12614 This manual is very large, as it describes a large, powerful system
12615 in gruesome detail. The important thing to remember is:
12618 _
\bD_
\bO_
\bN'_
\bT _
\bP_
\bA_
\bN_
\bI_
\bC[_
\b2]
12621 As explained in the tutorial, you really need to know only 5 commands to
12622 handle most of your mail.
12624 Very advanced users may wish to consult _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\b-
12625 _
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bA_
\bd_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br'_
\bs _
\bG_
\bu_
\bi_
\bd_
\be, which is also present in the _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6
12626 distribution sent to your site.
12664 [2] Note the large, _
\bf_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\by letters.
12680 _
\bA_
\bC_
\bK_
\bN_
\bO_
\bW_
\bL_
\bE_
\bD_
\bG_
\bM_
\bE_
\bN_
\bT_
\bS
12685 The _
\bM_
\bH system described herein is based on the original RAND _
\bM_
\bH
12686 system. It has been extensively developed (perhaps too much so) by
12687 Marshall T. Rose and John L. Romine at the University of California,
12688 Irvine. Einar A. Stefferud, Jerry N. Sweet, and Terry P. Domae provided
12689 numerous suggestions to improve the UCI version of _
\bM_
\bH. Of course, a
12690 large number of people have helped _
\bM_
\bH along. The list of ``_
\bM_
\bH immor-
12691 tals'' is too long to list here. However, Van Jacobson deserves a spe-
12692 cial acknowledgement for his tireless work in improving the performance
12693 of _
\bM_
\bH. Some programs have been speeded-up by a factor of 10 or 20. All
12694 of users of _
\bM_
\bH, everywhere, owe a special thanks to Van. For this
12695 release, numerous _
\bM_
\bH-_
\bW_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs sent in fixes and other changes. A handful
12696 of courageous _
\bM_
\bH-_
\bW_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs volunteered to beta-test these changes; their
12697 help is particularly appreciated.
12699 This manual is based on the original _
\bM_
\bH manual written at RAND by
12700 Bruce Borden, Stockton Gaines, and Norman Shapiro.
12746 _
\bP_
\bR_
\bE_
\bF_
\bA_
\bC_
\bE
12751 This report describes a system for dealing with messages transmit-
12752 ted on a computer. Such messages might originate with other users of
12753 the same computer or might come from an outside source through a network
12754 to which the user's computer is connected. Such computer-based message
12755 systems are becoming increasingly widely used, both within and outside
12756 the Department of Defense.
12758 The message handling system _
\bM_
\bH was developed for two reasons. One
12759 was to investigate some research ideas concerning how a message system
12760 might take advantage of the architecture of the UNIX time-sharing
12761 operating system for Digital Equipment Corporation PDP-11 and VAX com-
12762 puters, and the special features of UNIX's command-level interface with
12763 the user (the "shell"). The other reason was to provide a better and
12764 more adaptable base than that of conventional designs on which to build
12765 a command and control message system. The effort has succeeded in both
12766 regards, although this report mainly describes the message system itself
12767 and how it fits in with UNIX.
12769 The present report should be of interest to three groups of
12770 readers. First, it is a complete reference manual for the users of _
\bM_
\bH.
12771 Second, it should be of interest to those who have a general knowledge
12772 of computer-based message systems, both in civilian and military appli-
12773 cations. Finally, it should be of interest to those who build large
12774 subsystems that interface with users, since it illustrates a new
12775 approach to such interfaces.
12777 The original _
\bM_
\bH system was developed by Bruce Borden, using an
12778 approach suggested by Stockton Gaines and Norman Shapiro. Valuable
12779 assistance was provided by Phyllis Kantar in the later stages of the
12780 system's implementation. Several colleagues contributed to the ideas
12781 included in this system, particularly Robert Anderson and David Crocker.
12782 In addition, valuable experience in message systems, and a valuable
12783 source of ideas, was available to us in the form of a previous message
12784 system for UNIX called MS, designed at RAND by David Crocker.
12786 This report was originally prepared as part of the RAND project
12787 entitled "Data Automation Research", sponsored by Project AIR FORCE.
12812 _
\bS_
\bU_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bR_
\bY
12817 Electronic communication of text messages is becoming commonplace.
12818 Computer-based message systems-software packages that provide tools for
12819 dealing with messages-are used in many contexts. In particular, message
12820 systems are becoming increasingly important in command and control and
12821 intelligence applications.
12823 This report describes a message handling system called _
\bM_
\bH. This
12824 system provides the user with tools to compose, send, receive, store,
12825 retrieve, forward, and reply to messages. _
\bM_
\bH has been built on the UNIX
12826 time-sharing system, a popular operating system developed for the DEC
12827 PDP-11 and VAX classes of computers.
12829 A complete description of _
\bM_
\bH is given for users of the system. For
12830 those who do not intend to use the system, this description gives a gen-
12831 eral idea of what a message system is like. The system involves some
12832 new ideas about how large subsystems can be constructed.
12834 The interesting and unusual features of _
\bM_
\bH include the following:
12835 The user command interface to _
\bM_
\bH is the UNIX "shell" (the standard UNIX
12836 command interpreter). Each separable component of message handling,
12837 such as message composition or message display, is a separate command.
12838 Each program is driven from and updates a private user environment,
12839 which is stored as a file between program invocations. This private
12840 environment also contains information to "custom tailor" _
\bM_
\bH to the
12841 individual's tastes. _
\bM_
\bH stores each message as a separate file under
12842 UNIX, and it utilizes the tree-structured UNIX file system to organize
12843 groups of files within separate directories or "folders". All of the
12844 UNIX facilities for dealing with files and directories, such as renam-
12845 ing, copying, deleting, cataloging, off-line printing, etc., are appli-
12846 cable to messages and directories of messages (folders). Thus, impor-
12847 tant capabilities needed in a message system are available in _
\bM_
\bH without
12848 the need (often seen in other message systems) for code that duplicates
12849 the facilities of the supporting operating system. It also allows users
12850 familiar with the shell to use _
\bM_
\bH with minimal effort.
12878 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bN_
\bT_
\bE_
\bN_
\bT_
\bS
12883 READ THIS ......................................................... i
12885 FOREWORD .......................................................... iii
12887 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ................................................... v
12889 PREFACE ........................................................... vi
12891 SUMMARY ........................................................... vii
12895 1. INTRODUCTION ............................................... 1
12897 2. OVERVIEW ................................................... 4
12899 3. TUTORIAL ................................................... 7
12901 4. DETAILED DESCRIPTION ....................................... 10
12902 THE USER PROFILE ............................................. 10
12903 MESSAGE NAMING ............................................... 13
12904 OTHER MH CONVENTIONS ......................................... 14
12905 MH COMMANDS .................................................. 16
12906 ALI ....................................................... 17
12907 ANNO ...................................................... 19
12908 BBC ....................................................... 21
12909 BBOARDS ................................................... 24
12910 BURST ..................................................... 26
12911 COMP ...................................................... 28
12912 DIST ...................................................... 30
12913 FOLDER .................................................... 33
12914 FORW ...................................................... 37
12915 INC ....................................................... 42
12916 MARK ...................................................... 45
12917 MHL ....................................................... 47
12918 MHMAIL .................................................... 52
12919 MHN ....................................................... 54
12920 MHOOK ..................................................... 70
12921 MHPARAM ................................................... 72
12922 MHPATH .................................................... 74
12923 MSGCHK .................................................... 77
12924 MSH ....................................................... 79
12925 NEXT ...................................................... 83
12926 PACKF ..................................................... 84
12927 PICK ...................................................... 85
12928 PREV ...................................................... 90
12929 PROMPTER .................................................. 91
12944 RCVSTORE .................................................. 94
12945 REFILE .................................................... 96
12946 REPL ...................................................... 98
12947 RMF ....................................................... 102
12948 RMM ....................................................... 104
12949 SCAN ...................................................... 106
12950 SEND ...................................................... 109
12951 SHOW ...................................................... 112
12952 SLOCAL .................................................... 115
12953 SORTM ..................................................... 120
12954 VMH ....................................................... 122
12955 WHATNOW ................................................... 124
12956 WHOM ...................................................... 127
12957 MORE DETAILS ................................................. 129
12958 MH-ALIAS .................................................. 130
12959 MH-FORMAT ................................................. 134
12960 MH-MAIL ................................................... 143
12961 MH-PROFILE ................................................ 147
12962 MH-SEQUENCE ............................................... 155
12963 AP ........................................................ 159
12964 CONFLICT .................................................. 161
12965 DP ........................................................ 163
12966 FMTDUMP ................................................... 165
12967 INSTALL-MH ................................................ 166
12968 POST ...................................................... 167
12970 5. REPORTING PROBLEMS ......................................... 169
12972 6. ADVANCED FEATURES .......................................... 170
12973 USER-DEFINED SEQUENCES ....................................... 170
12974 Pick and User-Defined Sequences ........................... 170
12975 Mark and User-Defined Sequences ........................... 172
12976 Public and Private User-Defined Sequences ................. 172
12977 Sequence Negation ......................................... 172
12978 The Previous Sequence ..................................... 173
12979 The Unseen Sequence ....................................... 173
12980 COMPOSITION OF MAIL .......................................... 174
12981 The Draft Folder .......................................... 174
12982 What Happens if the Draft Exists .......................... 176
12983 The Push Option at What now? Level ........................ 176
12984 Options at What now? Level ................................ 177
12985 Digests ................................................... 178
12986 FOLDER HANDLING .............................................. 179
12987 Relative Folder Addressing ................................ 179
12988 The Folder-Stack .......................................... 180
12991 A. Command Summary ............................................ 181
12992 B. Message Name BNF ........................................... 185
12994 REFERENCES ........................................................ 186
13051 Based on the original manual by
13053 Borden, Gaines, and Shapiro